ANNUAL REPORT
2016
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
(cid:2) ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
(cid:3) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016
OR
For the transition period from to
Commission file number 0-10537
Delaware
(State of Incorporation)
36-3143493
(IRS Employer Identification Number)
37 South River Street, Aurora, Illinois 60507
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)
(630) 892-0202
(Registrant's telephone number, including Area Code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Class
Common Stock, $1.00 par value
Preferred Securities of Old Second Capital Trust I
Name of each exchange on which registered
The Nasdaq Stock Market
The Nasdaq Stock Market
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Preferred Share Purchase Rights
(Title of Class)
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes (cid:3) No (cid:4)
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
Yes (cid:3) No (cid:2)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports)
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes (cid:4) No (cid:3)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive
Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such
shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes (cid:4) No (cid:3)
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be
contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by Reference in Part III of
this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. (cid:2)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller
reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer (cid:3)
Non-accelerated filer (cid:3)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2). Yes (cid:3) No (cid:4)
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant, on June 30, 2016, the
last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $196.6 million. The number of
shares outstanding of the registrant's common stock, par value $1.00 per share, was 29,556,216 at March 10, 2017.
Accelerated filer (cid:4)
Smaller reporting company (cid:3)
(Do not check if smaller reporting company)
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Part III – Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 16, 2017 are incorporated by
reference into Part III hereof.
OLD SECOND BANCORP, INC.
Form 10-K
INDEX
PART I
Item 1
Business
Item 1A Risk Factors
Item 1B Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2
Properties
Item 3
Legal Proceedings
Item 4 Mine Safety Disclosures
PART II
Item 5
Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Item 6
Selected Financial Data
Item 7
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Income
Item 7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Item 8
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Item 9
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9A Controls and Procedures
Item 9B Other Information
PART III
Item 10 Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance
Item 11 Executive Compensation
Item 12
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 13
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
PART IV
Item 15 Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Item 16
Form 10-K Summary
Signatures
2
3
20
28
28
28
28
28
30
31
44
46
88
88
90
90
90
90
90
90
91
91
92
Item 1. Business
General
PART I
Old Second Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company" or the "Registrant") was organized under the laws of Delaware on September 8, 1981. It is a
registered bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the "BHCA").
The Company conducts a full service community banking and trust business through the following wholly owned subsidiaries, which
together with the Registrant are referred to as the “Company”:
(cid:2) Old Second National Bank (the “Bank”).
(cid:2) Old Second Capital Trust I, which was formed for the exclusive purpose of issuing trust preferred securities in an offering that
was completed in July 2003.
(cid:2) Old Second Capital Trust II, which was formed for the exclusive purpose of issuing trust preferred securities in an offering
that was completed in April 2007.
(cid:2) Old Second Affordable Housing Fund, L.L.C., which was formed for the purpose of providing down payment assistance for
home ownership to qualified individuals.
(cid:2) A series of limited liability companies wholly owned by the Bank and formed between 2008 and 2012 to hold property
acquired by the Bank through foreclosure or in the ordinary course of collecting a debt previously contracted with borrowers.
(cid:2) River Street Advisors, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank, which was formed in May 2010 to provide investment
advisory/management services.
Inter-company transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation.
The Bank’s full service banking businesses include the customary consumer and commercial products and services that banking
institutions typically provide including demand, NOW, money market, savings, time deposit and individual retirement accounts;
commercial, industrial, consumer and real estate lending, including installment loans, agricultural loans, lines of credit and overdraft
checking; safe deposit operations; trust services; wealth management services; and an extensive variety of additional services tailored
to the needs of individual customers, such as the acquisition of U.S. Treasury notes and bonds, money orders, cashiers’ checks and
foreign currency, direct deposit, discount brokerage, debit cards, credit cards, and other special services. The Bank’s lending activities
include making commercial and consumer loans, primarily on a secured basis. Commercial lending focuses on business, capital,
construction, inventory and real estate lending. Installment lending includes direct and indirect loans to consumers and commercial
customers.
The Bank also offers a full complement of electronic banking services such as online and mobile banking and corporate cash
management products including remote deposit capture, mobile deposit capture, investment sweep accounts, zero balance accounts,
automated tax payments, ATM access, telephone banking, lockbox accounts, automated clearing house transactions, account
reconciliation, controlled disbursement, detail and general information reporting, wire transfers, vault services for currency and coin,
and checking accounts. Additionally, the Bank provides a wide range of wealth management, investment, agency, and custodial
services for individual, corporate, and not-for-profit clients. These services include the administration of estates and personal trusts, as
well as the management of investment accounts for individuals, employee benefit plans, and charitable foundations. The Bank also
originates residential mortgages, offering a wide range of mortgage products including conventional, government, and jumbo loans.
Secondary marketing of those mortgages is also handled at the Bank.
The Company’s management evaluates the operations of the Company as one operating segment, which is community banking.
Financial information concerning the Company’s operations can be found in the financial statements in this annual report.
Market Area
The Company’s main office is located at 37 South River Street, Aurora, Illinois 60507. The city of Aurora is located in northeastern
Illinois, approximately 40 miles west of Chicago. The Bank operates primarily in Kane, Kendall, DeKalb, DuPage, LaSalle, Will and
Cook counties in Illinois, and it has developed a strong presence in these counties. The Bank offers its services to retail, commercial,
industrial, and public entity customers in the Aurora, North Aurora, Batavia, St. Charles, Burlington, Elburn, Elgin, Maple Park,
Kaneville, Sugar Grove, Naperville, Lisle, Joliet, Yorkville, Plano, Wasco, Ottawa, Oswego, Sycamore, Frankfort, Chicago and
Chicago Heights communities and surrounding areas through its 26 banking locations that are located primarily west and south of the
Chicago metropolitan area. The Bank is continually assessing its market presence to ensure it meets the needs of these communities
and the Company’s stockholders. On October 28, 2016, the Bank acquired the Chicago branch of Talmer Bank and Trust, the banking
subsidiary of Talmer Bancorp, Inc. (“Talmer”) . On November 16, 2016, the Bank announced its plan to close the Maple Park branch
as of February 24, 2017. During 2015 the Company closed one of two branches in Batavia.
3
Lending Activities
The Bank provides a broad range of commercial and retail lending services to corporations, partnerships, individuals and government
agencies. The Bank actively markets its services to qualified borrowers. Lending officers actively solicit the business of new
borrowers entering our market areas as well as long-standing members of the local business community. The Bank has established
lending policies that include a number of underwriting factors to be considered in making a loan, including location, amortization, loan
to value ratio, cash flow, pricing, documentation and the credit history of the borrower. In 2016, the Bank originated approximately
$614.9 million in loans. Also in 2016, residential mortgage loans of approximately $191.4 million (some of which were originated in
2015) were sold to third parties. Finally, the Bank’s total loan portfolio grew $221.0 million in late 2016 due to the Talmer branch
acquisition.
The Bank’s loan portfolios are comprised primarily of loans in the areas of commercial real estate, residential real estate, construction,
general commercial and consumer lending. As of December 31, 2016, residential mortgages represented approximately 25.6% (31.0%
at year-end 2015) of the Bank’s loan portfolio, commercial real estate loans represented approximately 49.8% (53.4% at year-end
2015), construction lending represented approximately 4.4% (1.8% at year-end 2015), general commercial loans, including leases,
represented approximately 19.2% (12.5% at year-end 2015), and consumer and other lending represented less than 1.0% (2.0% at year-
end 2015). It is the Bank’s policy to comply at all times with the various consumer protection laws and regulations including, but not
limited to, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Community Reinvestment Act, the Truth in Lending Act, and
the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act.
Commercial Loans. The Bank continues to focus on identifying commercial and industrial prospects in its new business pipeline with
positive results in 2016. As noted above, the Bank is an active commercial lender in the Chicago metropolitan area, with primary
markets west and south of Chicago. Commercial lending reflects revolving lines of credit for working capital, lending for capital
expenditures on manufacturing equipment and lending to small business manufacturers, service companies, medical and dental entities
as well as specialty contractors. The Bank also has commercial and industrial loans to customers in food product manufacturing, food
process and packing, machinery tooling manufacturing as well as service and technology companies. Collateral for these loans
generally includes accounts receivable, inventory, equipment and real estate. In addition, the Bank often secures personal guarantees to
help assure repayment. Loans may be made on an unsecured basis if warranted by the overall financial condition of the borrower.
Commercial term loans range principally from one to seven years with the majority falling in the one to five year range. Interest rates
on commercial loans are a mixture of fixed and variable rates, with the variable tied to the prime rate or LIBOR. While management
continued to diversify the loan portfolio, overall demand for working capital and equipment financing remained soft in the Bank’s
primary market area in 2016.
Repayment of commercial loans is largely dependent upon the cash flows generated by the operations of the commercial enterprise.
The Bank’s underwriting procedures identify the sources of those cash flows and seek to match the repayment terms of the commercial
loans to the sources. Secondary repayment sources are typically found in collateralization and guarantor support.
Commercial Real Estate Loans. While management has been actively working to reduce the Bank’s concentration in real estate loans,
including commercial real estate loans, a large portion of the loan portfolio continues to be comprised of commercial real estate loans.
As of December 31, 2016, approximately $315.4 million, or 42.8% (49.1%, at year-end 2015) of the total commercial real estate loan
portfolio of $736.2 million consisted of loans to borrowers secured by owner occupied property. A primary repayment risk for a
commercial real estate loan is interruption or discontinuance of cash flows from operations, which are usually derived from rent in the
case of nonowner occupied commercial properties. Repayment could also be influenced by economic events, which may or may not be
under the control of the borrower, or changes in regulations that negatively impact the future cash flow and market values of the
affected properties. Repayment risk can also arise from general downward shifts in the valuations of classes of properties over a given
geographic area such as the ongoing but diminished price adjustments that have been observed by the Company beginning in 2008.
Property valuations could continue to be affected by changes in demand and other economic factors, which could further influence cash
flows associated with the borrower and/or the property. The Bank attempts to mitigate these risks by staying apprised of market
conditions and by maintaining underwriting practices that provide for adequate cash flow margins and multiple repayment sources as
well as remaining in regular contact with its borrowers. In most cases, the Bank has collateralized these loans and/or has taken personal
guarantees to help assure repayment. Commercial real estate loans are primarily made based on the identified cash flow of the
borrower and/or the property at origination and secondarily on the underlying real estate acting as collateral. Additional credit support
is provided by the borrower for most of these loans and the probability of repayment is based on the liquidation value of the real estate
and enforceability of personal and corporate guarantees if any exist.
Construction Loans. The Bank’s construction and development portfolio increased from $19.8 million at December 31, 2015, to $64.7
million at December 31, 2016, due primarily to the impact of the Talmer branch acquisition. The Bank uses underwriting and
construction loan guidelines to determine whether to issue loans on build-to-suit or build out arrangements of existing borrower
properties.
Construction loans are structured most often to be converted to permanent loans at the end of the construction phase or, infrequently, to
be paid off upon receiving financing from another financial institution. Construction loans are generally limited to our local market
4
area. Lending decisions have been based on the appraised value of the property as determined by an independent appraiser, an analysis
of the potential marketability and profitability of the project and identification of a cash flow source to service the permanent loan or
verification of a refinancing source. Construction loans generally have terms of 12 to 18 months, with extensions as needed. The Bank
disburses loan proceeds in increments as construction progresses and as inspections warrant.
Development lending often involves the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment dependent, in part, on the success of the
ultimate project rather than the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay principal and interest. Therefore, construction lending
generally involves more risk than other lending because it is based on future estimates of value and economic circumstances. While
appraisals are required prior to funding, and loan advances are limited to the value determined by the appraisal, there is the possibility
of an unforeseen event affecting the value and/or costs of the project. Development loans are primarily used for single-family
developments, where the sale of lots and houses are tied to customer preferences and interest rates. If the borrower defaults prior to
completion of the project, the Bank may be required to fund additional amounts so that another developer can complete the project.
The Bank is located in an area where a large amount of development activity has occurred as rural and semi-rural areas are being
suburbanized. This type of growth presents some economic risks should local demand for housing shift. The Bank addresses these
risks by closely monitoring local real estate activity, adhering to proper underwriting procedures, closely monitoring construction
projects, and limiting the amount of construction development lending.
Residential Real Estate Loans. Residential first mortgage loans, second mortgages, and home equity line of credit mortgages are
included in this category. First mortgage loans may include fixed rate loans that are generally sold to investors. The Bank is a direct
seller to the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) and to several
large financial institutions. The Bank typically retains servicing rights for sold mortgages. The retention of such servicing rights also
allows the Bank an opportunity to have regular contact with mortgage customers and can help to solidify community involvement.
Other loans that are not sold include adjustable rate mortgages, lot loans, and construction loans that are held in the Bank’s portfolio.
Residential mortgage purchase activity has reflected a moderate level of activity as the real estate market in our market area continues
to stabilize. However, with continuing lower interest rates and increased stabilization in our market area, the Bank’s residential
mortgage lending reflects a steady volume and mixture of both refinance and purchase financing opportunities. Home equity lending
has continued to slow in the past year but is still a meaningful portion of the Bank’s business.
Consumer Loans. The Bank also provides many types of consumer loans including primarily motor vehicle, home improvement and
signature loans. Consumer loans typically have shorter terms and lower balances with higher yields as compared to other loans but
generally carry higher risks of default. Consumer loan collections are dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability and
thus are more likely to be affected by adverse personal circumstances.
Lease Financing Receivables. The Bank continued growth of the lease portfolio in 2016 with the acquisition of leases originated by
other equipment financing companies, as well as organic growth by the Bank. The collateral for lease financing receivables primarily
includes manufacturing and transportation equipment, and lease terms typically range from one to seven years, with the majority falling
in the one to five year range. Growth in this portfolio reflects management’s efforts to diversify lending product offerings, and improve
loan concentration metrics.
Competition
The Company’s market area is highly competitive and the Bank’s business activities require it to compete with many other financial
institutions. A number of these financial institutions are affiliated with large bank holding companies headquartered outside of our
principal market area as well as other institutions that are based in Aurora's surrounding communities and in Chicago, Illinois. All of
these financial institutions operate banking offices in the greater Aurora area or actively compete for customers within the Company's
market area. The Bank also faces competition from finance companies, insurance companies, credit unions, mortgage companies,
securities brokerage firms, money market funds, loan production offices and other providers of financial services. Many of our
nonbank competitors which are not subject to the same extensive federal regulations that govern bank holding companies and banks,
such as the Company and the Bank, may have certain competitive advantages.
The Bank competes for loans principally through the quality of its client service and its responsiveness to client needs in addition to
competing on interest rates and loan fees. Management believes that its long-standing presence in the community and personal one-on-
one service philosophy enhances its ability to compete favorably in attracting and retaining individual and business customers. The
Bank actively solicits deposit-related clients and competes for deposits by offering personal attention, competitive interest rates, and
professional services made available through experienced bankers and multiple delivery channels that fit the needs of its market.
We believe the financial services industry will likely continue to become more competitive as further technological advances enable
more financial institutions to provide expanded financial services without having a physical presence in our market.
Employees
At December 31, 2016, the Company employed 467 full-time equivalent employees.
5
Internet
The Company maintains a corporate website at http://www.oldsecond.com. The Company makes available free of charge on or
through its website the Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to
those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after the
Company electronically files such material with, or furnishes it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Many of the
Company’s policies, committee charters and other investor information including our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, are
available on the Company’s website. The Company’s reports, proxy and informational statements and other information regarding the
Company are available free of charge on the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov). The Company will also provide copies of its filings free of
charge upon written request to: Investor Relations, Old Second Bancorp, Inc., 37 South River Street, Aurora, Illinois 60507.
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
This report and other publicly available documents of the Company, including the documents incorporated herein by reference, contain
forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act, including with respect to
management’s expectations regarding future plans, strategies and financial performance, regulatory developments, industry and
economic trends, and other matters. Forward-looking statements, which may be based upon beliefs, expectations and assumptions of
the Company's management and on information currently available to management, can be identified by the inclusion of such
qualifications as “expects,” “intends,” “believes,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “estimate,”
“possible,” “likely” or other indications that the particular statements are not historical facts and refer to future periods. Because
forward-looking statements relate to the future, they are subject to inherent uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are
difficult to predict and may be outside of the Company’s control. Actual events and results may differ significantly from those
described in such forward-looking statements, due to numerous factors, including:
(cid:2)
negative economic conditions that adversely affect the economy, real estate values, the job market and other factors nationally
and in our market area, in each case that may affect our liquidity and the performance of our loan portfolio;
defaults and losses on our loan portfolio;
the financial success and viability of the borrowers of our commercial loans;
(cid:2)
(cid:2)
(cid:2) market conditions in the commercial and residential real estate markets in our market area;
(cid:2)
changes in U.S. monetary policy, the level and volatility of interest rates, the capital markets and other market conditions that
may affect, among other things, our liquidity and the value of our assets and liabilities;
competitive pressures in the financial services business;
any negative perception of our reputation or financial strength;
ability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms when needed;
ability to use technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands and create efficiencies in
operations;
adverse effects on our information technology systems resulting from failures, human error or cyberattacks;
adverse effects of failures by our vendors to provide agreed upon services in the manner and at the cost agreed, particularly
our information technology vendors;
the impact of any claims or legal actions, including any effect on our reputation;
losses incurred in connection with repurchases and indemnification payments related to mortgages;
the soundness of other financial institutions;
changes in accounting standards, rules and interpretations and the impact on our financial statements;
our ability to receive dividends from our subsidiaries;
a decrease in our regulatory capital ratios;
legislative or regulatory changes, particularly changes in regulation of financial services companies;
increased costs of compliance, heightened regulatory capital requirements and other risks associated with changes in
regulation and the current regulatory environment, including the Dodd-Frank Act;
the impact of heightened capital requirements; and
each of the factors and risks under the heading “Risk Factors.”
(cid:2)
(cid:2)
(cid:2)
(cid:2)
(cid:2)
(cid:2)
(cid:2)
(cid:2)
(cid:2)
(cid:2)
(cid:2)
(cid:2)
(cid:2)
(cid:2)
(cid:2)
(cid:2)
Because the Company’s ability to predict results or the actual effect of future plans or strategies is inherently uncertain, there can be no
assurances that future actual results will correspond to any forward-looking statements and you should not rely on any forward-looking
statements. Additionally, all statements in this Form 10-K, including forward-looking statements, speak only as of the date they are
made, and the Company undertakes no obligation to update any statement in light of new information or future events.
6
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
General
FDIC-insured institutions, their holding companies and their affiliates, are extensively regulated under federal and state law. As a
result, the Company’s growth and earnings performance may be affected not only by management decisions and general economic
conditions, but also by the requirements of federal and state statutes and by the regulations and policies of various bank regulatory
agencies, including the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”), the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
(the “Federal Reserve”), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the
“CFPB”). Furthermore, taxation laws administered by the Internal Revenue Service and state taxing authorities, accounting rules
developed by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, securities laws administered by the Securities and Exchange Commission
(the “SEC”) and state securities authorities, and anti-money laundering laws enforced by the U.S. Department of the Treasury
(“Treasury”) have an impact on the Company's business. The effect of these statutes, regulations, regulatory policies and accounting
rules are significant to the Company's operations and results.
Federal and state banking laws impose a comprehensive system of supervision, regulation and enforcement on the operations of FDIC-
insured institutions, their holding companies and affiliates that is intended primarily for the protection of the FDIC-insured deposits and
depositors of banks, rather than stockholders. These laws, and the regulations of the bank regulatory agencies issued under them,
affect, among other things, the scope of the Company’s business, the kinds and amounts of investments the Company and the Bank
may make, reserve requirements, required capital levels relative to assets, the nature and amount of collateral for loans, the
establishment of branches, the Company’s ability to merge, consolidate and acquire, dealings with the Company's and the Bank's
insiders and affiliates and the Company’s payment of dividends. In the last several years, the Company has experienced heightened
regulatory requirements and scrutiny following the global financial crisis and as a result of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and
Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). Although the reforms primarily targeted systemically important financial service
providers, their influence filtered down in varying degrees to community banks over time, and the reforms have caused the Company’s
compliance and risk management processes, and the costs thereof, to increase. While it is anticipated that the Trump administration
will not increase the regulatory burden on community banks and may reduce some of the burdens associated with implementation of
the Dodd-Frank Act, the true impact of the new administration is impossible to predict with any certainty.
This supervisory and regulatory framework subjects banks and their bank holding companies to regular examination by their respective
regulatory agencies, which results in examination reports and ratings that are not publicly available and that can impact the conduct and
growth of their business. These examinations consider not only compliance with applicable laws and regulations, but also capital
levels, asset quality and risk, management ability and performance, earnings, liquidity, and various other factors. The regulatory
agencies generally have broad discretion to impose restrictions and limitations on the operations of a regulated entity where the
agencies determine, among other things, that such operations are unsafe or unsound, fail to comply with applicable law or are otherwise
inconsistent with laws and regulations or with the supervisory policies of these agencies.
The following is a summary of the material elements of the supervisory and regulatory framework applicable to the Company and the
Bank, beginning with a discussion of the continuing regulatory emphasis on the Company's capital levels. It does not describe all of the
statutes, regulations and regulatory policies that apply, nor does it restate all of the requirements of those that are described. The
descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the particular statutory and regulatory provision.
Regulatory Emphasis on Capital
Regulatory capital represents the net assets of a banking organization available to absorb losses. Because of the risks attendant to their
business, FDIC-insured institutions are generally required to hold more capital than other businesses, which directly affects the
Company’s earnings capabilities. While capital has historically been one of the key measures of the financial health of both bank
holding companies and banks, its role became fundamentally more important in the wake of the global financial crisis, as the banking
regulators recognized that the amount and quality of capital held by banks prior to the crisis was insufficient to absorb losses during
periods of severe stress. Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and Basel III, discussed below, establish strengthened capital
standards for banks and bank holding companies that are meaningfully more stringent than those in place previously.
Minimum Required Capital Levels. Banks have been required to hold minimum levels of capital based on guidelines established by
the bank regulatory agencies since 1983. The minimums have been expressed in terms of ratios of capital divided by total assets. As
discussed below, bank capital measures have become more sophisticated over the years and have focused more on the quality of capital
and the risk of assets. Bank holding companies have historically had to comply with less stringent capital standards than their bank
subsidiaries and have been able to raise capital with hybrid instruments such as trust preferred securities. The Dodd-Frank Act
mandated the Federal Reserve to establish minimum capital levels for holding companies on a consolidated basis as stringent as those
required for FDIC-insured institutions. A result of this change is that the proceeds of hybrid instruments, such as trust preferred
securities, are being excluded from capital over a phase-out period. However, if such securities were issued prior to May 19, 2010 by
bank holding companies with less than $15 billion of assets, they may be retained, subject to certain restrictions. Because the Company
has assets of less than $15 billion, the Company is able to maintain its trust preferred proceeds as capital but the Company has to
comply with new capital mandates in other respects and will not be able to raise capital in the future through the issuance of trust
preferred securities.
7
The Basel International Capital Accords. The risk-based capital guidelines for U.S. banks since 1989 were based upon the 1988
capital accord known as “Basel I” adopted by the international Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, a committee of central banks
and bank supervisors that acts as the primary global standard-setter for prudential regulation, as implemented by the U.S. bank
regulatory agencies on an interagency basis. The accord recognized that bank assets for the purpose of the capital ratio calculations
needed to be risk weighted (the theory being that riskier assets should require more capital) and that off-balance sheet exposures needed
to be factored in the calculations. Basel I had a very simple formula for assigning risk weights to bank assets from 0% to 100% based
on four categories. In 2008, the banking agencies collaboratively began to phase-in capital standards based on a second capital accord,
referred to as “Basel II,” for large or “core” international banks (generally defined for U.S. purposes as having total assets of $250
billion or more, or consolidated foreign exposures of $10 billion or more) known as “advanced approaches” banks. The primary focus
of Basel II was on the calculation of risk weights based on complex models developed by each advanced approaches bank. Because
most banks were not subject to Basel II, the U.S. bank regulators worked to improve the risk sensitivity of Basel I standards without
imposing the complexities of Basel II. This “standardized approach” increased the number of risk-weight categories and recognized
risks well above the original 100% risk weighting. The standardized approach is institutionalized by the Dodd-Frank Act for all
banking organizations as a floor.
On September 12, 2010, the Group of Governors and Heads of Supervision, the oversight body of the Basel Committee on Banking
Supervision, announced agreement on a strengthened set of capital requirements for banking organizations around the world, known as
Basel III, to address deficiencies recognized in connection with the global financial crisis.
The Basel III Rule. In July of 2013, the U.S. federal banking agencies approved the implementation of the Basel III regulatory capital
reforms in pertinent part, and, at the same time, promulgated rules effecting certain changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act (the
“Basel III Rule”). In contrast to capital requirements historically, which were in the form of guidelines, Basel III was released in the
form of enforceable regulations by each of the regulatory agencies. The Basel III Rule is applicable to all banking organizations that
are subject to minimum capital requirements, including federal and state banks and savings and loan associations, as well as to bank
and savings and loan holding companies, other than “small bank holding companies” (generally holding companies with consolidated
assets of less than $1 billion that do not have securities registered with the SEC).
The Basel III Rule required higher capital levels, increased the required quality of capital, and required more detailed categories of risk
weighting of riskier, more opaque assets. For nearly every class of assets, the Basel III Rule requires a more complex, detailed and
calibrated assessment of credit risk and calculation of risk weightings.
Not only did the Basel III Rule increase most of the required minimum capital ratios in effect prior to January 1, 2015, but it introduced
the concept of Common Equity Tier 1 Capital, which consists primarily of common stock, related surplus (net of Treasury stock),
retained earnings, and Common Equity Tier 1 minority interests subject to certain regulatory adjustments. The Basel III Rule also
changed the definition of capital by establishing more stringent criteria that instruments must meet to be considered Additional Tier 1
Capital (primarily non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock that meets certain requirements) and Tier 2 Capital (primarily other types
of preferred stock and subordinated debt, subject to limitations). A number of instruments that qualified as Tier 1 Capital under Basel I
do not qualify, or their qualifications changed. For example, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, which qualified as simple Tier 1
Capital under Basel I, does not qualify as Common Equity Tier 1 Capital, but qualifies as Additional Tier 1 Capital. The Basel III Rule
also constrained the inclusion of minority interests, mortgage-servicing assets, and deferred tax assets in capital and requires deductions
from Common Equity Tier 1 Capital in the event that such assets exceed a certain percentage of a banking institution’s Common Equity
Tier 1 Capital.
The Basel III Rule required minimum capital ratios as of January 1, 2015, as follows:
(cid:2) A ratio of minimum Common Equity Tier 1 Capital equal to 4.5% of risk-weighted assets;
(cid:2) An increase in the minimum required amount of Tier 1 Capital from 4% to 6% of risk-weighted assets;
(cid:2) A continuation of the minimum required amount of Total Capital (Tier 1 plus Tier 2) at 8% of risk-weighted assets; and
(cid:2) A minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 Capital to total quarterly average assets equal to 4% in all circumstances.
In addition, institutions that seek the freedom to make capital distributions (including for dividends and repurchases of stock) and pay
discretionary bonuses to executive officers without restriction must also maintain 2.5% in Common Equity Tier 1 Capital attributable to
a capital conservation buffer being phased in over three years beginning in 2016 (which, as of January 1, 2017, was phased in half-way
to 1.25%). The purpose of the conservation buffer is to ensure that banking institutions maintain a buffer of capital that can be used to
absorb losses during periods of financial and economic stress. Factoring in the fully phased-in conservation buffer increases the
minimum ratios depicted above to 7% for Common Equity Tier 1 Capital, 8.5% for Tier 1 Capital and 10.5% for Total Capital.
Banking organizations (except for large, internationally active banking organizations) became subject to the new rules on January 1,
2015. However, there are separate phase-in/phase-out periods for: (i) the capital conservation buffer; (ii) regulatory capital adjustments
and deductions; (iii) nonqualifying capital instruments; and (iv) changes to the prompt corrective action rules discussed below.
The phase-in periods commenced on January 1, 2016 and extend until 2019.
Well-Capitalized Requirements. The ratios described above are minimum standards in order for banking organizations to be
considered “adequately capitalized.” Bank regulatory agencies uniformly encourage banks to hold more capital and be “well-
capitalized” and, to that end, federal law and regulations provide various incentives for banking organizations to maintain regulatory
capital at levels in excess of minimum regulatory requirements. For example, a banking organization that is well-capitalized may: (i)
8
qualify for exemptions from prior notice or application requirements otherwise applicable to certain types of activities; (ii) qualify for
expedited processing of other required notices or applications; and (iii) accept, roll-over or renew brokered deposits. Higher capital
levels could also be required if warranted by the particular circumstances or risk profiles of individual banking organizations. For
example, the Federal Reserve’s capital guidelines contemplate that additional capital may be required to take adequate account of,
among other things, interest rate risk, or the risks posed by concentrations of credit, nontraditional activities or securities trading
activities. Further, any banking organization experiencing or anticipating significant growth would be expected to maintain capital
ratios, including tangible capital positions (i.e., Tier 1 Capital less all intangible assets), well above the minimum levels.
Under the capital regulations of the OCC, in order to be well-capitalized, a banking organization must maintain:
(cid:2) A Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio to risk-weighted assets of 6.5% or more;
(cid:2) A ratio of Tier 1 Capital to total risk-weighted assets of 8% (6% under Basel I);
(cid:2) A ratio of Total Capital to total risk-weighted assets of 10% (the same as Basel I); and
(cid:2) A leverage ratio of Tier 1 Capital to total adjusted average quarterly assets of 5% or greater.
It is possible under the Basel III Rule to be well-capitalized while remaining out of compliance with the capital conservation buffer
discussed above.
As of December 31, 2016: (i) the Bank was not subject to a directive from the OCC to increase its capital and (ii) the Bank was well-
capitalized, as defined by OCC regulations. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had regulatory capital in excess of the Federal
Reserve’s requirements and met the Basel III Rule requirements to be well-capitalized.
Prompt Corrective Action. An FDIC-insured institution’s capital plays an important role in connection with regulatory enforcement as
well. Federal law provides the federal banking regulators with broad power to take prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of
undercapitalized institutions. The extent of the regulators’ powers depends on whether the institution in question is “adequately
capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized,” in each case as defined by regulation.
Depending upon the capital category to which an institution is assigned, the regulators’ corrective powers include: (i) requiring the
institution to submit a capital restoration plan; (ii) limiting the institution’s asset growth and restricting its activities; (iii) requiring the
institution to issue additional capital stock (including additional voting stock) or to sell itself; (iv) restricting transactions between the
institution and its affiliates; (v) restricting the interest rate that the institution may pay on deposits; (vi) ordering a new election of
directors of the institution; (vii) requiring that senior executive officers or directors be dismissed; (viii) prohibiting the institution from
accepting deposits from correspondent banks; (ix) requiring the institution to divest certain subsidiaries; (x) prohibiting the payment of
principal or interest on subordinated debt; and (xi) ultimately, appointing a receiver for the institution.
Regulation and Supervision of the Company
General. The Company, as the sole stockholder of the Bank, is a bank holding company. As a bank holding company, the Company is
registered with, and subject to regulation, supervision and enforcement by, the Federal Reserve under the BHCA. The Company is
legally obligated to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to the Bank and to commit resources to support the Bank in
circumstances where the Company might not otherwise do so. Under the BHCA, the Company is subject to periodic examination by
the Federal Reserve and is required to file with the Federal Reserve periodic reports of the Company's operations and such additional
information regarding the Company and the Bank as the Federal Reserve may require.
Acquisitions, Activities and Change in Control. The primary purpose of a bank holding company is to control and manage banks. The
BHCA generally requires the prior approval of the Federal Reserve for any merger involving a bank holding company or any
acquisition by a bank holding company of another bank or bank holding company. Subject to certain conditions (including deposit
concentration limits established by the BHCA), the Federal Reserve may allow a bank holding company to acquire banks located in any
state of the United States. In approving interstate acquisitions, the Federal Reserve is required to give effect to applicable state law
limitations on the aggregate amount of deposits that may be held by the acquiring bank holding company and its FDIC-insured
institution affiliates in the state in which the target bank is located (provided that those limits do not discriminate against out-of-state
institutions or their holding companies) and state laws that require that the target bank have been in existence for a minimum period of
time (not to exceed five years) before being acquired by an out-of-state bank holding company. Furthermore, in accordance with the
Dodd-Frank Act, bank holding companies must be well-capitalized and examiners must rate them well-managed in order to effect
interstate mergers or acquisitions. For a discussion of the capital requirements, see “Regulatory Emphasis on Capital” above.
The BHCA generally prohibits the Company from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting
shares of any company that is not a bank and from engaging in any business other than that of banking, managing and controlling banks
or furnishing services to banks and their subsidiaries. This general prohibition is subject to a number of exceptions. The principal
exception allows bank holding companies to engage in, and to own shares of companies engaged in, certain businesses found by the
Federal Reserve prior to November 11, 1999 to be “so closely related to banking ... as to be a proper incident thereto.” This authority
would permit the Company to engage in a variety of banking-related businesses, including the ownership and operation of a savings
association, or any entity engaged in consumer finance, equipment leasing, the operation of a computer service bureau
(including software development) and mortgage banking and brokerage services. The BHCA does not place territorial restrictions on
the domestic activities of nonbank subsidiaries of bank holding companies.
Additionally, bank holding companies that meet certain eligibility requirements prescribed by the BHCA and elect to operate as
financial holding companies may engage in, or own shares in companies engaged in, a wider range of nonbanking activities, including
9
securities and insurance underwriting and sales, merchant banking and any other activity that the Federal Reserve, in consultation with
the Secretary of the Treasury, determines by regulation or order is financial in nature or incidental to any such financial activity or that
the Federal Reserve determines by order to be complementary to any such financial activity and does not pose a substantial risk to the
safety or soundness of FDIC-insured institutions or the financial system generally. The Company has not elected to operate as a
financial holding company.
Federal law also prohibits any person or company from acquiring “control” of an FDIC-insured depository institution or its holding
company without prior notice to the appropriate federal bank regulator. “Control” is conclusively presumed to exist upon the
acquisition of 25% or more of the outstanding voting securities of a bank or bank holding company, but may arise under certain
circumstances between 10% and 24.99% ownership.
Capital Requirements. Bank holding companies are required to maintain capital in accordance with Federal Reserve capital adequacy
requirements. For a discussion of capital requirements, see “Regulatory Emphasis on Capital” above.
Dividend Payments. The Company’s ability to pay dividends to its stockholders may be affected by both general corporate law
considerations and policies of the Federal Reserve applicable to bank holding companies. As a Delaware corporation, the Company is
subject to the limitations of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”). The DGCL allows the Company to pay dividends
only out of its surplus (as defined and computed in accordance with the provisions of the DGCL) or if the Company has no such
surplus, out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year.
As a general matter, the Federal Reserve has indicated that the board of directors of a bank holding company should eliminate, defer or
significantly reduce dividends to stockholders if: (i) the company's net income available to stockholders for the past four quarters, net
of dividends previously paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends; (ii) the prospective rate of earnings
retention is inconsistent with the company's capital needs and overall current and prospective financial condition; or (iii) the company
will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios. The Federal Reserve also possesses
enforcement powers over bank holding companies and their non-bank subsidiaries to prevent or remedy actions that represent unsafe or
unsound practices or violations of applicable statutes and regulations. Among these powers is the ability to proscribe the payment of
dividends by banks and bank holding companies. In addition, under the Basel III Rule, institutions that seek the freedom to pay
dividends will have to maintain 2.5% in Common Equity Tier 1 Capital attributable to the capital conservation buffer to be phased in
over three years beginning in 2016. See “Regulatory Emphasis on Capital” above.
Incentive Compensation. There have been a number of developments in recent years focused on incentive compensation plans
sponsored by bank holding companies and banks, reflecting recognition by the bank regulatory agencies and Congress that flawed
incentive compensation practices in the financial industry were one of many factors contributing to the global financial crisis. Layered
on top of that are the abuses in the headlines dealing with product cross-selling incentive plans. The result is interagency guidance on
sound incentive compensation practices and proposed rulemaking by the agencies required under Section 956 of the Dodd-Frank Act.
The interagency guidance recognized three core principles; effective incentive plans are required to: (i) provide employees incentives
that appropriately balance risk and reward; (ii) be compatible with effective controls and risk-management; and (iii) be supported by
strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the organization’s board of directors. Much of the guidance
addresses large banking organizations and, because of the size and complexity of their operations, the regulators expect those
organizations to maintain systematic and formalized policies, procedures, and systems for ensuring that the incentive compensation
arrangements for all executive and non-executive employees covered by this guidance are identified and reviewed, and appropriately
balance risks and rewards. Smaller banking organizations like the Company that use incentive compensation arrangements are
expected to be less extensive, formalized, and detailed than those of the larger banks.
Section 956 of the Dodd-Frank Act required the banking agencies, the National Credit Union Administration, the SEC and the Federal
Housing Finance Agency to jointly prescribe regulations that prohibit types of incentive-based compensation that encourage
inappropriate risk taking and to disclose certain information regarding such plans. On June 10, 2016, the agencies released an updated
proposed rule for comment. Section 956 will only apply to banking organizations with assets of greater than $1 billion. The Company
has consolidated assets greater than $1 billion and less than $50 billion and the Company is considered a Level 3 banking organization
under the proposed rules. The proposed rules contain mostly general principles and reporting requirements for Level 3 institutions so
there are no specific prescriptions or limits, deferral requirements or claw-back mandates. Risk management and controls are required,
as is board or committee level approval and oversight. Management expects to review its incentive plans in light of the proposed
rulemaking and guidance and implement policies and procedures that mitigate unreasonable risk.
Monetary Policy. The monetary policy of the Federal Reserve has a significant effect on the operating results of financial or bank
holding companies and their subsidiaries. Among the tools available to the Federal Reserve to affect the money supply are open market
transactions in U.S. government securities, changes in the discount rate on bank borrowings and changes in reserve requirements
against bank deposits. These means are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth and distribution of bank loans,
investments and deposits, and their use may affect interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits.
Federal Securities Regulation. The Company’s common stock is registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Consequently, the Company is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading and
other restrictions and requirements of the SEC under the Exchange Act.
Corporate Governance. The Dodd-Frank Act addressed many investor protection, corporate governance and executive compensation
matters that will affect most U.S. publicly traded companies. It increased stockholder influence over boards of directors by requiring
10
companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called “golden parachute” payments, and
authorizing the SEC to promulgate rules that would allow stockholders to nominate and solicit voters for their own candidates using a
company’s proxy materials. The legislation also directed the Federal Reserve to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation
paid to executives of bank holding companies, regardless of whether such companies are publicly traded.
Regulation and Supervision of the Bank
General. The Bank is a national bank, chartered by the OCC under the National Bank Act. The deposit accounts of the Bank are insured
by the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”) to the maximum extent provided under federal law and FDIC regulations, currently
$250,000 per insured depositor category, and the Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System. As a national bank, the Bank is subject
to the examination, supervision, reporting and enforcement requirements of the OCC, the chartering authority for national banks. The
FDIC, as administrator of the DIF, also has regulatory authority over the Bank.
Deposit Insurance. As an FDIC-insured institution, the Bank is required to pay deposit insurance premium assessments to the
FDIC. Effective July 1, 2016, the FDIC changed its pricing system for banks under $10 billion, so that mimimum and maximum intial
base assessment rates are based on supervisory ratings. The initial base assessment rates currently range from three basis points to 30
basis points. At least semi-annually, the FDIC updates its loss and income projections for the DIF and, if needed, increases or
decreases the assessment rates, following notice and comment on proposed rulemaking.
The assessment base against which an FDIC-insured institution’s deposit insurance premiums paid to the DIF are calculated based on
its average consolidated total assets less its average tangible equity. This method shifts the burden of deposit insurance premiums
toward those large depository institutions that rely on funding sources other than U.S. deposits.
The reserve ratio is the DIF balance divided by estimated insured deposits. The Dodd-Frank Act altered the minimum reserve ratio of
the DIF, increasing the minimum from 1.15% to 1.35% of the estimated amount of total insured deposits, and eliminating the
requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to FDIC-insured institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds. The reserve
ratio reached 1.15% on June 30, 2016, when revised factors were put in place for calculating the assessment. If the reserve ratio does
not reach 1.35% by December 31, 2018, (provided it is at least 1.15%), the FDIC will impose a shortfall assessment on March 31,
2019, on insured depository institutions with total consolidated assets of $10 billion or more. The FDIC will provide assessment credits
to insured depository institutions, like the Bank, with total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion for the portion of their regular
assessments that contribute to growth in the reserve ratio between 1.15% and 1.35%. The FDIC will apply the credits each quarter that
the reserve ratio is at least 1.38% to offset the regular deposit insurance assessments of institutions with credits.
FICO Assessments. In addition to paying basic deposit insurance assessments, FDIC-insured institutions must pay Financing
Corporation (“FICO”) assessments. FICO is a mixed-ownership governmental corporation chartered by the former Federal Home Loan
Bank Board pursuant to the Competitive Equality Banking Act of 1987 to function as a financing vehicle for the recapitalization of the
former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. FICO issued 30-year noncallable bonds of approximately $8.1 billion that
mature in 2017 through 2019. FICO’s authority to issue bonds ended on December 12, 1991. Since 1996, federal legislation has
required that all FDIC-insured institutions pay assessments to cover interest payments on FICO’s outstanding obligations. The FICO
assessment rate is adjusted quarterly and for the fourth quarter of 2016 was 0.56 basis points (56 cents per $100 dollars of assessable
deposits).
Supervisory Assessments. National banks are required to pay supervisory assessments to the OCC to fund the operations of the OCC.
The amount of the assessment is calculated using a formula that takes into account the bank’s size and its supervisory condition. During
the year ended December 31, 2016, the Bank paid supervisory assessments to the OCC totaling $434,000.
Capital Requirements. Banks are generally required to maintain capital levels in excess of other businesses. For a discussion of
capital requirements, see “Regulatory Emphasis on Capital” above.
Liquidity Requirements. Liquidity is a measure of the ability and ease with which bank assets may be converted to cash. Liquid assets
are those that can be converted to cash quickly if needed to meet financial obligations. To remain viable, FDIC-insured institutions
must have enough liquid assets to meet their near-term obligations, such as withdrawals by depositors. Because the global financial
crisis was in part a liquidity crisis, Basel III also includes a liquidity framework that requires FDIC-insured institutions to measure their
liquidity against specific liquidity tests. One test, referred to as the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (“LCR”), is designed to ensure that the
banking entity has an adequate stock of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets that can be converted easily and immediately in
private markets into cash to meet liquidity needs for a 30-calendar day liquidity stress scenario. The other test, known as the Net
Stable Funding Ratio ("NSFR") is designed to promote more medium- and long-term funding of the assets and activities of FDIC-
insured institutions over a one-year horizon. These tests provide an incentive for banks and holding companies to increase their
holdings in Treasury securities and other sovereign debt as a component of assets, increase the use of long-term debt as a funding
source and rely on stable funding like core deposits (in lieu of brokered deposits).
In addition to liquidity guidelines already in place, the federal bank regulatory agencies implemented the Basel III LCR in 2014 and
have proposed the NSFR. While the LCR only applies to the largest banking organizations in the country, as will the NSFR, certain
elements are expected to filter down to all FDIC-insured institutions. The Company has adopted a modified version of the LCR as a
part of measuring the liquidity at the Bank. The Company has no plans to adopt the NSFR and has not received regulatory guidance
indicating a requirement to do so.
11
Stress Testing. A stress test is an analysis or simulation designed to determine the ability of a given FDIC-insured institution to deal
with an economic crisis, In October 2012, U.S. bank regulators unveiled new rules mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act that require the
largest U.S. banks to undergo stress tests twice per year, once internally and once conducted by the regulators. Stress tests are not
required for banks with less than $10 billion in assets; however, the FDIC now recommends stress testing as means to identify and
quantify loan portfolio risk and the Bank is engaged in the process.
Dividend Payments. The primary source of funds for the Company is dividends from the Bank. Under the National Bank Act, a
national bank may pay dividends out of its undivided profits in such amounts and at such times as the bank’s board of directors deems
prudent. Without prior OCC approval, however, a national bank may not pay dividends in any calendar year that, in the aggregate, exceed
the bank’s year-to-date net income plus the bank’s retained net income for the two preceding years. The payment of dividends by any
FDIC-insured institution is affected by the requirement to maintain adequate capital pursuant to applicable capital adequacy guidelines
and regulations, and an FDIC-insured institution generally is prohibited from paying any dividends if, following payment thereof, the
institution would be undercapitalized. As described above, the Bank exceeded its capital requirements under applicable guidelines as of
December 31, 2016. Notwithstanding the availability of funds for dividends, however, the OCC may prohibit the payment of dividends
by the Bank if it determines such payment would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. In addition, under the Basel III Rule,
institutions that seek the freedom to pay dividends will have to maintain 2.5% in Common Equity Tier 1 Capital attributable to the
capital conservation buffer to be phased in over three years beginning in 2016. See “Regulatory Emphasis on Capital” above.
Insider Transactions. The Bank is subject to certain restrictions imposed by federal law on “covered transactions” between the Bank
and its “affiliates.” The Company is an affiliate of the Bank for purposes of these restrictions, and covered transactions subject to the
restrictions include extensions of credit to the Company, investments in the stock or other securities of the Company and the acceptance
of the stock or other securities of the Company as collateral for loans made by the Bank. The Dodd-Frank Act enhanced the
requirements for certain transactions with affiliates, including an expansion of the definition of “covered transactions” and an increase
in the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered transactions must be maintained.
Certain limitations and reporting requirements are also placed on extensions of credit by the Bank to its directors and officers, to
directors and officers of the Company and its subsidiaries, to principal stockholders of the Company and to “related interests” of such
directors, officers and principal stockholders. In addition, federal law and regulations may affect the terms upon which any person who
is a director or officer of the Company or the Bank, or a principal stockholder of the Company, may obtain credit from banks with
which the Bank maintains a correspondent relationship.
Safety and Soundness Standards/Risk Management. The federal banking agencies have adopted guidelines that establish operational
and managerial standards to promote the safety and soundness of FDIC-insured institutions. The guidelines set forth standards for
internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset
growth, compensation, fees and benefits, asset quality and earnings.
In general, the safety and soundness guidelines prescribe the goals to be achieved in each area, and each institution is responsible for
establishing its own procedures to achieve those goals. If an institution fails to comply with any of the standards set forth in the
guidelines, the FDIC-insured institution’s primary federal regulator may require the institution to submit a plan for achieving and
maintaining compliance. If an FDIC-insured institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan, or fails in any material respect
to implement a compliance plan that has been accepted by its primary federal regulator, the regulator is required to issue an order
directing the institution to cure the deficiency. Until the deficiency cited in the regulator’s order is cured, the regulator may restrict the
FDIC-insured institution’s rate of growth, require the FDIC-insured institution to increase its capital, restrict the rates the institution
pays on deposits or require the institution to take any action the regulator deems appropriate under the circumstances. Noncompliance
with the standards established by the safety and soundness guidelines may also constitute grounds for other enforcement action by the
federal bank regulatory agencies, including cease and desist orders and civil money penalty assessments.
During the past decade, the bank regulatory agencies have increasingly emphasized the importance of sound risk management
processes and strong internal controls when evaluating the activities of the FDIC-insured institutions they supervise. Properly
managing risks has been identified as critical to the conduct of safe and sound banking activities and has become even more important
as new technologies, product innovation, and the size and speed of financial transactions have changed the nature of banking
markets. The agencies have identified a spectrum of risks facing a banking institution including, but not limited to, credit, market,
liquidity, operational, legal, and reputational risk. In particular, recent regulatory pronouncements have focused on operational risk,
which arises from the potential that inadequate information systems, operational problems, breaches in internal controls, fraud, or
unforeseen catastrophes will result in unexpected losses. New products and services, third-party risk and cybersecurity are critical
sources of operational risk that FDIC-insured institutions are expected to address in the current environment. The Bank is expected to
have active board and senior management oversight; adequate policies, procedures, and limits; adequate risk measurement, monitoring,
and management information systems; and comprehensive internal controls.
Branching Authority. National banks headquartered in Illinois, such as the Bank, have the same branching rights in Illinois as banks
chartered under Illinois law, subject to OCC approval. Illinois law grants Illinois-chartered banks the authority to establish branches
anywhere in the State of Illinois, subject to receipt of all required regulatory approvals.
The Dodd-Frank Act permits well-capitalized and well-managed banks to establish new interstate branches or acquire individual
branches of a bank in another state (rather than the acquisition of an out-of-state bank in its entirety) without impediments.
12
Financial Subsidiaries. Under federal law and OCC regulations, national banks are authorized to engage, through “financial
subsidiaries,” in any activity that is permissible for a financial holding company and any activity that the Secretary of the Treasury, in
consultation with the Federal Reserve, determines is financial in nature or incidental to any such financial activity, except (i) insurance
underwriting, (ii) real estate development or real estate investment activities (unless otherwise permitted by law), (iii) insurance company
portfolio investments and (iv) merchant banking. The authority of a national bank to invest in a financial subsidiary is subject to a number
of conditions, including, among other things, requirements that the bank must be well-managed and well-capitalized (after deducting from
capital the bank’s outstanding investments in financial subsidiaries). The Bank has not applied for approval to establish any financial
subsidiaries.
Federal Home Loan Bank System. The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago (the “FHLBC”), which serves
as a central credit facility for its members. The FHLBC is funded primarily from proceeds from the sale of obligations of the FHLBC
system. It makes loans to member banks in the form of FHLBC advances. All advances from the FHLBC are required to be fully
collateralized as determined by the FHLBC.
Transaction Account Reserves. Federal Reserve regulations require FDIC-insured institutions to maintain reserves against their
transaction accounts (primarily NOW and regular checking accounts). For 2017 the first $15.5 million of otherwise reservable balances
are exempt from reserves and have a zero percent reserve requirement; for transaction accounts aggregating more than $15.5 million to
$115.1 million, the reserve requirement is 3% of total transaction accounts; and for net transaction accounts in excess of $115.1 million,
the reserve requirement is 3% up to $115.1 million plus 10% of the aggregate amount of total transaction accounts in excess of $115.1
million. These reserve requirements are subject to annual adjustment by the Federal Reserve.
Community Reinvestment Act Requirements. The Community Reinvestment Act requires the Bank to have a continuing and
affirmative obligation in a safe and sound manner to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-
income neighborhoods. Federal regulators regularly assess the Bank’s record of meeting the credit needs of its communities.
Applications for additional acquisitions would be affected by the evaluation of the Bank’s effectiveness in meeting its Community
Reinvestment Act requirements.
Anti-Money Laundering. The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct
Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “Patriot Act”) is designed to deny terrorists and criminals the ability to obtain access to the U.S. financial
system and has significant implications for FDIC-insured institutions, brokers, dealers and other businesses involved in the transfer of
money. The Patriot Act mandates financial services companies to have policies and procedures with respect to measures designed to
address any or all of the following matters: (i) customer identification programs; (ii) money laundering; (iii) terrorist financing;
(iv) identifying and reporting suspicious activities and currency transactions; (v) currency crimes; and (vi) cooperation between FDIC-
insured institutions and law enforcement authorities.
Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate. Concentration risk exists when FDIC-insured institutions deploy too many assets to any
one industry or segment. A concentration in commercial real estate is one example of regulatory concern. The interagency
Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate Lending, Sound Risk Management Practices guidance (“CRE Guidance”) provides
supervisory criteria, including the following numerical indicators, to assist bank examiners in identifying banks with potentially
significant commercial real estate loan concentrations that may warrant greater supervisory scrutiny: (i) non-owner occupied
commercial real estate loans exceeding 300% of capital and increasing 50% or more in the preceding three years; or (ii) construction
and land development loans exceeding 100% of capital. The CRE Guidance does not limit banks’ levels of commercial real estate
lending activities, but rather guides institutions in developing risk management practices and levels of capital that are commensurate
with the level and nature of their commercial real estate concentrations. On December 18, 2015, the federal banking agencies issued a
statement to reinforce prudent risk-management practices related to CRE lending, having observed substantial growth in many CRE
asset and lending markets, increased competitive pressures, rising CRE concentrations in banks, and an easing of CRE underwriting
standards. The federal bank agencies reminded FDIC-insured institutions to maintain underwriting discipline and exercise prudent
risk-management practices to identify, measure, monitor, and manage the risks arising from CRE lending. In addition, FDIC-insured
institutions must maintain capital commensurate with the level and nature of their CRE concentration risk.
Based on the Bank's loan portfolio as of December 31, 2016, concentrations in commercial real estate did not exceed the 300%
guideline for non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans, or the 100% guideline for construction and development loans.
Consumer Financial Services. The historical structure of federal consumer protection regulation applicable to all providers of
consumer financial products and services changed significantly on July 21, 2011, when the CFPB commenced operations to supervise
and enforce consumer protection laws. The CFPB has broad rulemaking authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that
apply to all providers of consumer products and services, including the Bank, as well as the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or
abusive” acts and practices. The CFPB has examination and enforcement authority over providers with more than $10 billion in assets.
FDIC-insured institutions with $10 billion or less in assets, like the Bank, continue to be examined by their applicable bank regulators.
Because abuses in connection with residential mortgages were a significant factor contributing to the global financial crisis, many new
rules issued by the CFPB and required by the Dodd-Frank Act address mortgage and mortgage-related products, their underwriting,
origination, servicing and sales. The Dodd-Frank Act significantly expanded underwriting requirements applicable to loans secured by
1-4 family residential real property and augmented federal law combating predatory lending practices. In addition to numerous
disclosure requirements, the Dodd-Frank Act imposed new standards for mortgage loan originations on all lenders, including all FDIC-
insured institutions, in an effort to strongly encourage lenders to verify a borrower’s “ability to repay,” while also establishing a
presumption of compliance for certain “qualified mortgages.” In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act generally required lenders or
13
securitizers to retain an economic interest in the credit risk relating to loans that the lender sells, and other asset-backed securities that
the securitizer issues, if the loans have not complied with the ability-to-repay standards. The Company does not currently expect the
CFPB’s rules to have a significant impact on the Bank’s operations, except for higher compliance costs.
GUIDE 3 STATISTICAL DATA REQUIREMENTS
The statistical data required by Guide 3 of the Guides for Preparation and Filing of Reports and Registration Statements under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is set forth in the following pages. This data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated
financial statements, related notes and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" as
set forth in Part II Items 7 and 8. All dollars in the tables are expressed in thousands.
I.
Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity; Interest Rate and Interest Differential.
The following table sets forth certain information relating to the Company’s average consolidated balance sheets and reflects the yield
on average interest earning assets and cost of average interest bearing liabilities for the years indicated obtained by dividing the related
interest by the average balance of assets or liabilities. Average balances are derived from daily balances.
Analysis of Average Balances,
Tax Equivalent Interest and Rates
Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014
Assets
Interest bearing deposits with financial institutions $
Securities:
Taxable
Non-taxable (TE)
Total securities
Dividends from FHLBC and FRBC
Loans and loans held-for-sale1
Total interest earning assets
Cash and due from banks
Allowance for loan losses
Other noninterest bearing assets
Total assets
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
NOW accounts
Money market accounts
Savings accounts
Time deposits
Interest bearing deposits
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
Other short-term borrowings
Junior subordinated debentures
Senior notes
Subordinated debt
Notes payable and other borrowings
Total interest bearing liabilities
Noninterest bearing deposits
Other liabilities
Stockholders' equity
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
Net interest income (TE)
Net interest income (TE) to total earning assets
Interest bearing liabilities to earning assets
2016
2015
2014
Average
Balance
Rate
Interest %
Average
Balance
Rate
Interest %
Average
Balance
Rate
Interest %
33,226 $
169
0.50 $
20,066 $
55 0.27 $
28,106
$
73 0.26
635,914
36,643
672,557
7,944
1,218,931
1,932,658
31,689
(15,955)
194,356
$ 2,142,748
15,865
1,295
17,160
333
56,263
73,925
-
-
-
2.49
642,132
3.53
22,311
2.55
664,443
8,545
4.19
4.54 1,149,590
1,842,644
3.78
29,659
-
(19,323)
-
212,142
-
$ 2,065,122
14,037 2.19
834 3.74
14,871 2.24
306 3.58
616,187
16,425
632,612
9,677
53,327 4.58 1,127,590
1,797,985
68,559 3.68
32,628
-
-
(24,981)
-
-
230,861
-
-
$ 2,036,493
14,131 2.29
727 4.43
14,858 2.35
309 3.19
53,170 4.65
68,410 3.76
-
-
-
-
-
-
$
389,266 $
273,101
256,905
404,285
1,323,557
34,016
26,518
57,567
2,050
42,910
477
1,487,095
476,422
12,929
166,302
$ 2,142,748
358
274
157
3,640
4,429
4
102
4,334
112
949
8
9,938
-
-
-
0.09 $
0.10
0.06
0.90
0.33
0.01
0.38
7.53
5.46
2.18
1.65
0.66
-
-
-
345,472 $
292,725
249,570
410,691
1,298,458
28,194
21,945
57,520
-
45,000
500
1,451,617
429,403
10,712
173,390
$ 2,065,122
300 0.09 $
282 0.10
152 0.06
3,201 0.78
3,935 0.30
3 0.01
30 0.13
4,287 7.45
-
814 1.78
7 1.38
9,076 0.62
-
-
-
314,212
305,595
238,326
446,133
1,304,266
26,093
12,534
57,472
-
45,000
500
1,445,865
388,295
20,218
182,115
$ 2,036,493
-
-
-
-
$ 63,987
$ 59,483
3.31
3.23
$
266 0.08
317 0.10
155 0.07
4,500 1.01
5,238 0.40
3 0.01
16 0.13
4,919 8.56
-
-
792 1.74
16 3.16
10,984 0.76
-
-
-
-
-
-
$ 57,426
3.19
76.95 %
78.78 %
80.42 %
1 Interest income from loans is shown tax equivalent as discussed below and includes fees of $2.5 million, $1.8 million and $2.3 million
for 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Nonaccrual loans are included in the above stated average balances.
14
For purposes of discussion, net interest income and net interest income to interest earning assets have been adjusted to a non-GAAP tax
equivalent (“TE”) basis using a marginal rate of 35% to more appropriately compare returns on tax-exempt loans and securities to other
earning assets. The table below provides a reconciliation of each non-GAAP TE measure to the GAAP equivalent:
Interest income (GAAP)
Taxable equivalent adjustment - loans
Taxable equivalent adjustment - securities
Interest income (TE)
Less: interest expense (GAAP)
Net interest income (TE)
Net interest income (GAAP)
Average interest earning assets
Net interest income to total interest earning assets
Net interest income to total interest earning assets (TE)
$
$
$
2016
73,379
93
453
73,925
9,938
63,987
63,441
1,932,658
Effect of Tax Equivalent Adjustment
2015
$
$
$
68,164
103
292
68,559
9,076
59,483
59,088
1,842,644
3.28 %
3.31 %
3.21 %
3.23 %
$
$
$
2014
68,044
111
255
68,410
10,984
57,426
57,060
1,797,985
3.17 %
3.19 %
The following table allocates the changes in net interest income to changes in either average balances or average rates for interest
earning assets and interest bearing liabilities. Interest income is measured on a tax-equivalent basis using a 35% marginal rate. Interest
income not yet received on nonaacrual loans is reversed upon transfer to nonaccrual status; future receipt of interest income is a
reduction to principal while in nonaccrual status.
Analysis of Year-to-Year Changes in Net Interest Income1
Interest and dividend income
Interest bearing deposits
Securities:
Taxable
Tax-exempt
Dividends from FHLBC and FRBC
Loans and loans held-for-sale
Total interest and dividend income
Interest expense
NOW accounts
Money market accounts
Savings accounts
Time deposits
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
Other short-term borrowings
Junior subordinated debentures
Senior notes
Subordinated debt
Notes payable and other borrowings
Total interest expense
Net interest and dividend income
2016 Compared to 2015
Change Due to
2015 Compared to 2014
Change Due to
Average
Balance
Average
Rate
Total
Change
Average
Balance
Average
Rate
Total
Change
$
50
$
64
$
114 $
(22)
$
4 $
(18)
(135)
504
(19)
3,364
3,764
40
(21)
4
(49)
1
7
4
112
(36)
-
62
3,702
$
$
1,963
(43)
46
(428)
1,602
1,828
461
27
2,936
5,366
845
189
78
937
2,027
(939)
(82)
(81)
(780)
(1,878)
18
13
1
488
-
65
43
-
171
1
800
802
$
58
(8)
5
439
1
72
47
112
135
1
862
4,504 $
27
(13)
9
(336)
-
13
4
-
-
-
(296)
2,323 $
7
(22)
(12)
(963)
-
1
(636)
-
22
(9)
(1,612)
(266) $
(94)
107
(3)
157
149
34
(35)
(3)
(1,299)
-
14
(632)
-
22
(9)
(1,908)
2,057
1 The changes in net interest income are created by changes in both interest rates and volumes. In the table above, volume variances
are computed using the change in volume multiplied by previous years’s rate. Rate variances are computed using the change in rate
multiplied by the previous years’s volume. The change in interest due to both rate and volume has been allocated between factors in
proportion to the relationship of absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.
15
II.
Investment Portfolio
The following table presents the composition of the securities portfolio by major category as of December 31 of each year indicated:
Securities Portfolio Composition
2016
2015
2014
Amortized
Cost
Fair
Value
Amortized
Cost
Fair
Value
Amortized
Cost
Fair
Value
Securities available-for-sale
U.S. Treasury
U.S. government agencies
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed
States and political subdivisions
Corporate bonds
Collateralized mortgage obligations
Asset-backed securities
Collateralized loan obligations
Total securities available-for-sale
Held-to-maturity
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed
Collateralized mortgage obligations
Total held-to-maturity
$
-
-
42,511
68,718
10,957
174,352
146,391
102,504
$ 545,433
$
- $
-
41,534
68,703
10,630
170,927
138,407
101,637
1,509
1,683
2,040
30,341
30,157
68,743
241,872
94,374
$ 531,838 $ 470,719
$
1,509
1,556
1,996
30,526
29,400
66,920
231,908
92,251
$ 456,066
$
1,529
1,711
-
21,682
31,243
65,728
175,565
94,236
$ 391,694
$
1,527
1,624
-
22,018
30,985
63,627
173,496
92,209
$ 385,486
$
$
-
-
-
$
$
36,505
- $
-
211,241
- $ 247,746
$
38,097
213,578
$ 251,675
$
37,125
222,545
$ 259,670
$
39,155
224,111
$ 263,266
Some of the Company’s holdings of U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities (MBS) and collateralized mortgage
obligations (CMO) are issuances of government-sponsored enterprises, such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, which are not backed by
the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. Some holdings of MBS and CMO’s are issued by Ginnie Mae, which does carry the
full faith and credit of the U.S. government. The Company also holds some MBS and CMO’s that were not issued by U.S. government
agencies and are typically credit-enhanced via over-collateralization and/or subordination. Holdings of asset-backed securities (ABS)
were largely comprised of securities backed by student loans issued under the U.S. Department of Education’s (“DOE”) FFEL
program, which generally provides a minimum 97% U.S. DOE guarantee of principal. These ABS securities also have added credit
enhancement through over-collateralization and/or subordination. The majority of holdings issued by states and political subdivisions
are general obligation bonds that have S&P or Moody’s ratings of AA- or higher. Other state and political subdivision issuances are
unrated and generally consist of smaller investment amounts that involve issuers in the Company’s markets. The credit quality of these
issuers is monitored and none have been identified as posing a material risk of loss. The Company also holds Collateralized Loan
Obligation (CLO) securities that are generally backed by a pool of debt issued by multiple middle-sized and large businesses. The
Company’s CLO’s are roughly split between tranches that have S&P or Moody’s ratings of A and those that are rated AA. CLO credit
enhancement is achieved through over-collateralization and/or subordination.
The following table presents the expected maturities or call dates and weighted average yield (nontax equivalent) of securities by major
category as of December 31, 2016. Securities not due at a single maturity date are shown only in the total column.
Securities Portfolio Maturity and Yields
After One But
Within One Year Within Five Years Within Ten Years
Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount
After Ten Years
After Five But
Total
Yield
Securities available-for-sale
States and political subdivisions
Corporate bonds
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized
mortgage obligations
Asset-backed securities
Collateralized loan obligations
$ 14,416 1.93 % $ 4,571 3.02 % $
5,964 3.26 % $ 43,752 3.51 % $
-
-
14,416 1.93
-
-
4,571 3.02
10,630 2.28
16,594 2.62
-
-
43,752 3.51
68,703 3.12 %
10,630 2.28
79,333 3.01
212,461 2.43
2.15
101,637 3.80
138,407
Total securities available-for-sale
$ 14,416 1.93 % $ 4,571 3.02 % $ 16,594 2.62 % $ 43,752 3.51 % $ 531,838 2.70 %
As of December 31, 2016, net unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities was $13.6 million, which offset by deferred income
taxes resulted in an overall reduction to equity capital of $8.2 million. As of December 31, 2015, net unrealized losses on available-for-
sale securities and net losses not accreted on securities transferred from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity was $20.6 million, which
offset by deferred income taxes resulted in an overall reduction to equity capital of $12.3 million.
16
At December 31, 2016, there were two issuers of securities where the book value of the Company’s holdings were greater than 10% of
stockholders’ equity. Issuers of Securities with an aggregate book value greater than 10% of stockholders equity at
December 31, 2016, were as follows:
Issuer
GCO Education Loan Funding Corp
Towd Point Mortgage Trust
III.
Loan Portfolio
December 31, 2016
Fair
Value
Amortized
Cost
37,812
20,302
$
$
34,678
19,792
The following table presents the composition of the loan portfolio at December 31 for the years indicated:
Types of Loans
Commercial
Real estate - commercial
Real estate - construction
Real estate - residential
Consumer
Overdraft
Lease financing receivables
Other
Gross loans
Allowance for loan losses
Loans, net
$
2016
229,030 $
736,247
64,720
377,197
4,191
436
55,451
11,537
1,478,809
(16,158)
2015
116,343
605,721
19,806
350,557
4,963
483
25,712
10,130
1,133,715
(16,223)
$ 1,462,651 $ 1,117,492
$
2014
119,717
600,629
44,795
369,870
4,004
649
8,038
11,630
1,159,332
(21,637)
$ 1,137,695
$
2013
95,211
560,233
29,351
389,931
3,040
628
10,069
12,793
1,101,256
(27,281)
$ 1,073,975
$
2012
87,136
579,687
42,167
414,141
3,414
994
6,060
16,451
1,150,050
(38,597)
$ 1,111,453
The above loan totals include deferred loan fees and costs.
Maturity and Rate Sensitivity of Loans to Changes in Interest Rates
The following table sets forth the remaining contractual maturities for loan categories at December 31, 2016:
Commercial
Real estate - commercial
Real estate - construction
Real estate - residential
Consumer
Overdraft
Lease financing receivables
Other
Total
One Year
or Less
$
87,372
111,769
23,434
21,821
318
436
654
6,325
$ 252,129
Over 1 Year
Through 5 Years
Fixed
Rate
$
40,933
368,423
16,164
82,419
3,602
-
39,893
1,857
$ 553,291
Floating
$
Rate
71,394
78,362
16,746
50,913
-
-
-
2,443
$ 219,858
Over 5 Years
$
Fixed
Rate
23,558
65,500
3,350
32,648
271
-
14,904
174
$ 140,405
Floating
Rate
$
5,773
112,193
5,026
189,396
-
-
-
738
$ 313,126
Total
229,030
736,247
64,720
377,197
4,191
436
55,451
11,537
1,478,809
$
$
The above loan total includes deferred loan fees and costs; column one includes demand notes.
While there are no significant concentrations of loans where the customers’ ability to honor loan terms is dependent upon a single
economic sector, the real estate related categories represented 79.7% and 86.1% of the portfolio at December 31, 2016 and 2015,
respectively. The Company had no concentration of loans exceeding 10% of total loans that were not otherwise disclosed as a category
of loans at December 31, 2016.
17
Risk Elements
The following table sets forth the amounts of nonperforming assets at December 31 of the years indicated:
Nonaccrual loans
Nonperforming Troubled debt restructured loans accruing interest
Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest
Total nonperforming loans
Other real estate owned
Total nonperforming assets
2016
15,283 $
718
-
16,001
11,916
27,917 $
2015
14,389 $
165
65
14,619
19,141
33,760 $
2014
26,926 $
154
-
27,080
31,982
59,062 $
2013
38,911 $
796
87
39,794
41,537
81,331 $
2012
77,519
4,987
89
82,595
72,423
155,018
$
$
Other real estate owned ("OREO") as % of nonperforming assets
42.7 %
56.7 %
54.1 %
51.1 %
46.7 %
Accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan when principal or interest is ninety days or more past due, unless the loan is well secured
and in the process of collection. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, interest previously accrued but not collected in the current
period is reversed against current period interest income. Interest income of approximately $230,000, $116,000 and $511,000 was
recorded and collected during 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, on loans that subsequently went to nonaccrual status by year-end.
Interest income, which would have been recognized during 2016, 2015 and 2014, had these loans been on an accrual basis throughout
the year, was approximately $918,000, $815,000 and $1.8 million, respectively. There were approximately $5.0 million and $4.4
million in restructured residential mortgage loans that were still accruing interest based upon their prior performance history at
December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Additionally, the nonaccrual loans above include $2.9 million in restructured loans for the
period ending at December 31, 2016 and 2015.
Potential Problem Loans
The Company utilizes an internal asset classification system as a means of reporting problem and potential problem assets. At the
scheduled board of directors meetings of the Bank, loan listings are presented, which show significant loan relationships listed as
“Special Mention,” “Substandard,” and “Doubtful.” Loans classified as Substandard include those that have a well-defined weakness
or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will
sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as Doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent as those classified
Substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing
facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. Assets that do not currently expose us to sufficient risk to warrant
classification in one of the aforementioned categories, but possess weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention, are deemed
to be Special Mention.
Management defines potential problem loans as performing loans rated Substandard that do not meet the definition of a nonperforming
loan. These potential problem loans carry a higher probability of default and require additional attention by management. A more
detailed description of these loans can be found in Note 5 to the Financial Statements.
18
IV.
Summary of Loan Loss Experience
Analysis of Allowance for Loan Losses
The following table summarizes, for the years indicated, activity in the allowance for loan losses, including amounts charged-off,
amounts of recoveries, additions to the allowance charged to operating expense, and the ratio of net charge-offs to average loans
outstanding:
Average total loans (exclusive of loans held-for-sale)
Allowance at beginning of year
Charge-offs:
Commercial, including leases
Real estate - commercial
Real estate - construction
Real estate - residential
Consumer and other loans
Total charge-offs
Recoveries:
Commercial, including leases
Real estate - commercial
Real estate - construction
Real estate - residential
Consumer and other loans
Total recoveries
Net charge-offs
Provision (release) for loan losses
Allowance at end of year
2016
2014
$ 1,214,804 $ 1,144,618 $ 1,124,335 $ 1,102,197 $ 1,263,172
51,997
16,223
27,281
21,637
38,597
2012
2015
2013
118
1,633
23
1,072
344
3,190
993
1,653
2
1,639
483
4,770
578
1,972
174
3,393
526
6,643
316
2,985
1,014
6,293
597
11,205
37
640
96
1,331
271
2,375
815
750
16,158 $
451
1,595
276
1,075
359
3,756
1,014
(4,400)
16,223 $
58
1,346
633
1,842
420
4,299
2,344
(3,300)
21,637 $
119
5,325
1,266
1,221
508
8,439
2,766
(8,550)
27,281 $
$
344
13,508
4,969
8,406
638
27,865
115
3,576
3,420
583
487
8,181
19,684
6,284
38,597
Net charge-offs to average loans
Allowance at year end to average loans
0.07 %
1.33 %
0.09 %
1.42 %
0.21 %
1.92 %
0.25 %
2.48 %
1.56 %
3.06 %
The provision for loan losses is based upon management’s estimate of losses inherent in the portfolio and its evaluation of the adequacy
of the allowance for loan losses. Factors which influence management’s judgment in estimating loan losses are the composition of the
portfolio, past loss experience, loan delinquencies, nonperforming loans and other credit risk considerations that, in management’s
judgment, deserve evaluation in estimating loan losses.
Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses
The following table shows the Company’s allocation of the allowance for loan losses by types of loans and the amount of unallocated
allowance at December 31 of the years indicated, and, for each category of loans, the percent of total loans represented by that
category:
2016
Loan Type
to Total
2015
Loan Type
to Total
2014
Loan Type
to Total
2013
Loan Type
to Total
2012
Loan Type
to Total
Amount Loans
Amount Loans
Amount Loans
Amount Loans
Amount Loans
Commercial, including leases
Real estate - commercial
Real estate - construction
Real estate - residential
Consumer
Unallocated
Total
$ 2,262
9,547
389
2,692
833
435
$ 16,158
19.2 % $ 2,096
9,013
49.8
265
4.4
1,694
25.6
1,190
0.2
1,965
0.8
100.0 % $ 16,223
12.5 % $ 1,644
12,577
53.4
1,475
1.7
1,981
31.0
1,454
0.4
2,506
1.0
100.0 % $ 21,637
11.0 % $ 2,250
16,763
51.8
1,980
3.9
2,837
31.9
1,439
0.3
2,012
1.1
100.0 % $ 27,281
9.5 % $ 4,517
20,100
50.9
3,837
2.7
4,535
35.4
1,178
0.3
4,430
1.2
100.0 % $ 38,597
8.1 %
50.4
3.7
36.0
0.3
1.5
100.0 %
The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for loan losses, which increased by the provision for loan losses of $750,000 in
2016 and decreased by loan loss reserve releases of $4.4 million, $3.3 million and $8.6 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively
and is adjusted for charge-offs less recoveries. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is
available for losses inherent in the loan portfolio. In addition, the OCC, as part of their examination process, periodically reviews the
allowance for loan losses. Regulators can require management to record adjustments to the allowance level based upon their
assessment of the information available to them at the time of examination. The OCC, in conjunction with the other federal banking
agencies, has adopted an interagency policy statement on the allowance for loan losses. The policy statement provides guidance for
financial institutions on both the responsibilities of management for the assessment and establishment of adequate allowances and
guidance for banking agency examiners to use in determining the adequacy of general valuation guidelines. Generally, the policy
statement recommends that (1) institutions have effective systems and controls to identify, monitor and address asset quality problems;
(2) management has analyzed all significant factors that affect the collectability of the portfolio in a reasonable manner; and
19
(3) management has established acceptable allowance evaluation processes that meet the objectives set forth in the policy statement and
that the Company is in full compliance with the policy statement. Management believes it has established an adequate estimated
allowance for probable loan losses. Management reviews its process quarterly as evidenced by an extensive and detailed loan review
process, makes changes as needed, and reports those results at meetings of the Company’s Board of Directors Audit Committee.
Although management believes the allowance for loan losses is sufficient to cover probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio, there
can be no assurance that the allowance will prove sufficient to cover actual loan losses or that regulators, in reviewing the loan
portfolio, would not request us to materially adjust our allowance for loan losses at the time of their examination.
V.
Deposits
The following table sets forth the amount and maturities of deposits of $100,000 or more at December 31 of the years indicated:
3 months or less
Over 3 months through 6 months
Over 6 months through 12 months
Over 12 months
2016
41,462
16,651
37,727
77,415
173,255
$
$
$
2015
30,085
10,464
29,295
102,669
172,513
$
YTD Average Balances and Interest Rates
2016
2015
2014
Average
Balance
Rate
Average
Balance
Rate
Average
Balance
Rate
Noninterest bearing demand
Interest bearing:
NOW and money market
Savings
Time
Total deposits
VI.
Return on Equity and Assets
$
476,422
- % $
429,403
- % $
388,295
- %
662,367
256,905
404,285
0.10
0.06
0.90
638,197
249,570
410,691
0.09
0.06
0.78
$
1,799,979
$
1,727,861
$
619,807
238,326
446,133
1,692,561
0.09
0.07
1.01
The following table presents selected financial ratios as of December 31 for the years indicated:
Return on average total assets
Return on average equity
Average equity to average assets
Dividend payout ratio
VII.
Short-Term Borrowings
2016 2015 2014
0.50 %
5.57 %
8.94 %
-
0.73 %
9.43 %
7.76 %
5.66 %
0.74 %
8.87 %
8.40 %
-
There were no categories of short-term borrowings having an average balance greater than 30% of the Company’s stockholders’ equity
as of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
RISK FACTORS
The material risks that management believes affect the Company are described below. Before making an investment decision with
respect to any of the Company’s securities, you should carefully consider the risks as described below, together with all of the
information included herein. The risks described below are not the only risks the Company faces. Additional risks not presently
known also may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations and financial condition. The risks discussed
below also include forward-looking statements, and actual results may differ substantially from those discussed or implied in these
forward-looking statements.
20
Risks Relating to the Company’s Business
A return of recessionary conditions could result in increases in the Company’s level of nonperforming loans and/or reduced
demand for the Company’s products and services, which could lead to lower revenue, higher loan losses and lower earnings.
A return of recessionary conditions and/or negative developments in the domestic and international credit markets may significantly
affect the markets in which the Company does business, the value of its loans and investments and its ongoing operations, costs and
profitability. Despite a general improvement in the overall economy and the real estate market, the economic environment remains
challenging, particularly in the Company’s market area. Declines in real estate values and sales volumes and increased unemployment
or underemployment levels may result in higher than expected loan delinquencies, increases in the Company’s levels of nonperforming
and classified assets and a decline in demand for its products and services. These negative events may cause the Company to incur
losses and may adversely affect its capital, liquidity and financial condition.
The size of the Company’s loan portfolio has grown in recent years, but, if the Company is unable to sustain loan growth, its
profitability may be adversely affected.
Since December 31, 2011, the Company’s gross loans held for investment have increased from $1.37 billion to $1.48 billion at
December 31, 2016. During some years in this period, the Company was managing its balance sheet composition to manage its capital
levels and position the Bank to meet and exceed its targeted capital levels. The Company’s ability to increase profitability will depend
on a variety of factors, including its ability to originate attractive new lending relationships. While the Company believes it has the
management resources and lending staff in place to continue the successful implementation of its strategic plan, if the Company is
unable to increase the size of its loan portfolio, its strategic plan may not be successful and its profitability may be adversely affected.
Nonperforming assets take significant time to resolve, adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial
condition and could result in further losses in the future.
The Company’s nonperforming loans (which consist of nonaccrual loans and loans past due 90 days or more, still accruing interest and
restructured loans still accruing interest) and its nonperforming assets (which include nonperforming loans plus OREO) are reflected in
the table below at December 31 (in millions):
Nonperforming loans
OREO
Total nonperforming assets
2016
$
16.0 $
11.9
27.9 $
2015
% Change
14.6
19.1
33.7
9.6
(37.7)
(17.2)
$
The Company’s nonperforming assets adversely affect its net income in various ways. For example, the Company does not accrue
interest income on nonaccrual loans and OREO may have expenses in excess of any lease revenues collected, thereby adversely
affecting the Company’s net income, return on assets and return on equity. The Company’s loan administration costs also increase
because of its nonperforming assets. The resolution of nonperforming assets requires significant time commitments from management,
which can be detrimental to the performance of their other responsibilities. There is no assurance that the Company will not experience
increases in nonperforming assets in the future, or that its nonperforming assets will not result in losses in the future.
The Company’s loan portfolio is concentrated heavily in commercial and residential real estate loans, including exposure to
construction loans, which involve risks specific to real estate values and the real estate markets in general, all of which have
experienced significant weakness.
The Company’s loan portfolio generally reflects the profile of the communities in which the Company operates. Because the Company
operates in areas that saw rapid historical growth, real estate lending of all types is a significant portion of its loan portfolio. Total real
estate lending, excluding deferred fees, remains at $1.18 billion, or approximately 79.7% of the Company’s December 31, 2016 loan
portfolio compared to $976.5 million or approximately 86.1% at December 31, 2015. Given that the primary (if not only) source of
collateral on these loans is real estate, additional adverse developments affecting real estate values in the Company’s market area could
increase the credit risk associated with the Company’s real estate loan portfolio.
The effects of ongoing real estate challenges, combined with the ongoing correction in commercial and residential real estate market
prices and reduced levels of home sales, have adversely affected the Company’s real estate loan portfolio and have the potential to
further adversely affect such portfolio in several ways, each of which could further adversely impact its financial condition and results
of operations.
21
Real estate market volatility and future changes in disposition strategies could result in net proceeds that differ significantly
from fair value appraisals of loan collateral and OREO and could negatively impact the Company’s operating performance.
Many of the Company’s nonperforming real estate loans are collateral-dependent, meaning the repayment of the loan is largely
dependent upon the cash flows from the operation of the property securing the loan, or the sale of the property. For collateral-
dependent loans, the Company estimates the value of the loan based on appraised value of the underlying collateral less costs to sell.
The Company’s OREO portfolio essentially consists of properties acquired through foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure in partial
or total satisfaction of certain loans as a result of borrower defaults. Some property in OREO reflects property formerly utilized as a
bank premise or land that was acquired with the expectation that a bank premise would be established at the location. In some cases, the
market for such properties has been significantly depressed, and we have been unable to sell them at prices or within timeframes that
we deem acceptable
OREO is recorded at the lower of the recorded investment in the loans for which property served as collateral or estimated fair value,
less estimated selling costs. In determining the value of OREO properties and loan collateral, an orderly disposition of the property is
generally assumed. Significant judgment is required in estimating the fair value of property, and the period of time within which such
estimates can be considered current is significantly shortened during periods of market volatility.
The Company’s allowance for loan losses may be insufficient to absorb potential losses in the Company’s loan portfolio.
The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses at a level the Company believes adequate to absorb estimated losses inherent in
its existing loan portfolio. The level of the allowance reflects management’s continuing evaluation of industry concentrations; specific
credit risks; credit loss experience; current loan portfolio quality; present economic, political, and regulatory conditions; and
unidentified losses inherent in the current loan portfolio.
While the Company had loan loss reserve releases in 2013, 2014 and 2015, its provision for loan losses was increased in 2016, and the
Bank may be required to make significant increases in the provision for loan losses and to charge-off additional loans in the future.
Determination of the allowance is inherently subjective since it requires significant estimates and management judgment of credit risks
and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. For example, the final allowance for December 31, 2016,
December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, included an amount reserved for other not specifically identified risk factors. New
information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans, and other factors, both within and outside of the
Company’s control, may require an increase in the allowance for loan losses. In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review
the Company’s allowance and may require an increase in the provision for loan losses or the recognition of additional loan charge-offs,
based on judgments different from those of management. Finally, if charge-offs in future periods exceed the allowance for loan losses,
the Company will need additional provisions to increase the allowance. Any increases in the allowance will result in a decrease in net
income and capital and may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
The Company’s business is concentrated in and dependent upon the welfare of several counties in Illinois specifically and the
State of Illinois generally.
The Company’s primary market area is Aurora, Illinois, and its surrounding communities as well as Cook County. The city of Aurora
is located in northeastern Illinois, approximately 40 miles west of Chicago. The Bank operates primarily in Kane, Kendall, DeKalb,
DuPage, LaSalle, Will and Cook counties in Illinois, and, as a result, the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash
flows are subject to changes and fluctuations in the economic conditions in those areas.
The communities that the Company serves grew rapidly during the early 21st century, and despite the relative severity of the economic
downturn that hit the Company’s key markets, the Company intends to continue concentrating its business efforts in these
communities. The Company’s future success is largely dependent upon the overall economic health of these communities and the
ability of the communities to continue to rebound from the difficulties that began in 2007. While the economies in our market have
stabilized, difficult economic conditions remain, and the State of Illinois continues to experience severe fiscal challenges and its elected
representatives remain unable to reach an agreement on a state budget. Payment lapses by the State of Illinois to its vendors and
government sponsored entities may have negative effects on our primary market area. To the extent that these issues, or any future
state tax increases, impact the economic vitality of the businesses operating in Illinois, encourage businesses to leave the state or
discourage new employers to start or move businesses to Illinois, they could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial
condition and results of operations.
If the overall economic conditions do not continue to improve, particularly within the Company’s primary market areas, the Company
could experience a lack of demand for its products and services, an increase in loan delinquencies and defaults and high or increased
levels of problem assets and foreclosures with little prospect of state governmental issue resolution or assistance, even contractual
assistance. Moreover, because of the Company’s geographic concentration, it is less able than other regional or national financial
institutions to diversify its credit risks across multiple markets.
22
Credit downgrades, partial charge-offs and specific reserves could develop in selected exposures with resulting impact on the
Company’s financial condition if the State of Illinois encounters more severe financial difficulties. Management continues to closely
monitor the impact of developments on our markets and customers.
The Company operates in a highly competitive industry and market area and may face severe competitive disadvantages.
The Company faces substantial competition in all areas of its operations from a variety of different competitors, many of which are
larger and have more financial resources. The Company’s competitors primarily include national and regional banks as well as
community banks within the markets the Company serves. Recently, local competitors have expanded their presence in the western
suburbs of Chicago, including the communities that surround Aurora, Illinois, and these competitors may be better positioned than the
Company to compete for loans, acquisitions and personnel. The Company also faces competition from savings and loan associations,
credit unions, personal loan and finance companies, retail and discount stockbrokers, investment advisors, mutual funds, insurance
companies, and other financial intermediaries. The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of
legislative and regulatory changes, and many large scale competitors can leverage economies of scale to offer better pricing for
products and services compared to what the Company can offer.
The Company’s ability to compete successfully depends on developing and maintaining long-term customer relationships, offering
community banking services with features and pricing in line with customer interests and expectations, consistently achieving
outstanding levels of customer service and adapting to many and frequent changes in banking as well as local or regional economies.
Failure to excel in these areas could significantly weaken the Company’s competitive position, which could adversely affect the
Company’s growth and profitability. These weaknesses could have a significant negative impact on the Company’s business, financial
condition, and results of operations.
Potential future acquisitions could be difficult to integrate, disruptive to the Company’s business, dilutive to our stockholder
value or adverse to our financial results.
As part of its business strategy, the Company may consider acquisitions of other banks or financial institutions or branches, assets or
deposits of such organizations from time to time. There is no assurance, however, that the Company will determine to pursue any of
these opportunities or that, if the Company does pursue such an opportunity, that the Company will be successful in consummating an
acquisition. Moreover, acquisitions generally involve numerous risks, including: difficulties in integrating the operations, technologies,
products, existing contracts, accounting processes and personnel of the target entity and realizing the anticipated synergies of the
combined businesses; difficulties in supporting and transitioning customers of the target company; diversion of financial and
management resources from existing operations; the price the Company pays or other resources that it devotes to the transaction may
exceed the value that it ultimately realizes, or the value the Company could have realized if it had allocated the purchase price or other
resources to another opportunity; risks of entering new markets or areas in which the Company has limited or no experience or are
outside its core competencies; potential loss of key employees, customers and strategic alliances from either the Company’s current
business or the business of the target company; assumption of unanticipated problems or latent liabilities; and an inability to generate
sufficient revenue to offset acquisition costs.
If a future acquisition involves the issuance of equity securities as payment or in connection with financing, the ownership interests of
existing stockholders could be diluted. The failure to successfully evaluate and execute an acquisition, the failure to adequately assess
the risks associated with an acquisition, and the incurrence of additional debt and related interest expenses in connection with an
acquisition, as well as any unforeseen liabilities, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations
and financial condition.
The Bank is a community bank and its ability to maintain its reputation is critical to the success of its business and the failure
to do so may materially adversely affect its performance.
The Bank is a community bank, and its reputation is one of the most valuable components of its business. As such, the Company
strives to conduct its business in a manner that enhances its reputation. This is done, in part, by recruiting, hiring and retaining
employees who share the Company’s core values: being an integral part of the communities the Company serves; delivering superior
service to the Company’s customers; and caring about the Company’s customers and associates. If the Company’s reputation is
negatively affected, by the actions of its employees or otherwise, its business and operating results may be adversely affected.
The Company is subject to interest rate risk, and a change in interest rates could have a negative effect on its net income.
The Company’s earnings and cash flows are largely dependent upon the Company’s net interest income. Interest rates are highly
sensitive to many factors that are beyond the Company’s control, including general economic conditions, the Company’s competition
and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies, particularly the Federal Reserve. Changes in monetary policy could
influence Company earnings. Such changes could also affect the Company’s ability to originate loans and obtain deposits as well as
the average duration of the Company’s securities portfolio. If the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings increase at a
faster rate than the interest rates received on loans and other investments, the Company’s net interest income, and therefore earnings,
23
could be adversely affected. Earnings could also be adversely affected if the interest rates received on loans and other investments fall
more quickly than the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings.
Although management believes it has implemented effective asset and liability management strategies to reduce the potential effects of
changes in interest rates on the Company’s results of operations, any substantial, unexpected, prolonged change in market interest rates
could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
If the Company fails to maintain sufficient capital, whether due to losses, an inability to raise additional capital or otherwise, its
financial condition, liquidity and results of operations, as well as its ability to maintain regulatory compliance, would be
adversely affected.
The Company and the Bank must meet minimum regulatory capital requirements and maintain sufficient liquidity. Bank capital is
impacted by dividends paid by the Bank to the Company. The Company also faces significant capital and other regulatory
requirements as a financial institution. The Company’s ability to raise additional capital, when and if needed, will depend on
conditions in the economy and capital markets, and a number of other factors – including investor perceptions regarding the Company,
banking industry and market condition, and governmental activities – many of which are outside the Company’s control, and on the
Company’s financial condition and performance. If the Company fails to meet these capital and other regulatory requirements, its
financial condition, liquidity and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
The Company could experience an unexpected inability to obtain needed liquidity.
Liquidity measures the ability to meet current and future cash flow needs as they become due. The liquidity of a financial institution
reflects its ability to meet loan requests, to accommodate possible outflows in deposits, and to take advantage of interest rate market
opportunities and is essential to a financial institution’s business. The ability of a financial institution to meet its current financial
obligations is a function of its balance sheet structure, its ability to liquidate assets and its access to alternative sources of funds. The
Company seeks to ensure that its funding needs are met by maintaining an appropriate level of liquidity through asset and liability
management. In 2016, the Bank also secured liquidity under the advance program provided under terms offered by the FHLBC. If the
Company or the Bank becomes unable to obtain funds when needed, it could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial
condition and results of operations.
Loss of customer deposits due to increased competition could increase the Company’s funding costs.
The Company relies on bank deposits to be a low cost and stable source of funding. All federal prohibitions on the ability of financial
institutions to pay interest on business demand deposit accounts were repealed as part of the Dodd-Frank Act, and, as a result, some
financial institutions offer demand deposits to compete for customers. The Company competes with banks and other financial services
companies for deposits. If the Company’s competitors raise the rates they pay on deposits in response to interest rate changes initiated
by the FRBC Open Market Committee or for other reasons of their choice, the Company’s funding costs may increase, either because
the Company raises its rates to avoid losing deposits or because the Company loses deposits and must rely on more expensive sources
of funding. Higher funding costs could reduce the Company’s net interest margin and net interest income and could have a material
adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
The Company’s estimate of fair values for its investments may not be realizable if it were to sell these securities today.
The Company’s available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value. The Company’s held-to-maturity securities were carried at
amortized cost.
The determination of fair value for securities categorized in Level 3 involves significant judgment due to the complexity of the factors
contributing to the valuation, many of which are not readily observable in the market. Recent market disruptions and the resulting
fluctuations in fair value have made the valuation process even more difficult and subjective. If the valuations are incorrect, it could
harm the Company’s financial results and financial condition.
The Company may be materially and adversely affected by the highly regulated environment in which the Company operates.
The Company is subject to extensive federal and state regulation, supervision and examination. Banking regulations are primarily
intended to protect depositors’ funds, FDIC funds, customers and the banking system as a whole, rather than the Company’s
stockholders. These regulations affect the Company’s lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy, and
growth, among other things.
As a bank holding company, the Company and the Bank are subject to extensive regulation and supervision, and undergo periodic
examinations by its regulators, who have extensive discretion and authority to prevent or remedy unsafe or unsound practices or
violations of law by banks and bank holding companies. Failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations or policies could result in
sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil monetary penalties, and/or damage to the Company’s reputation, which could have a material
24
adverse effect on the Company. Although the Company has policies and procedures designed to mitigate the risk of any such
violations, there can be no assurance that such violations will not occur.
A more detailed description of the primary federal and state banking laws and regulations that affect the Company and the Bank is
included in this Form 10-K under the section captioned “Supervision and Regulation” in Item 1. These laws, regulations, rules,
standards, policies and interpretations are constantly evolving and may change significantly over time. For example, on July 21, 2010,
the Dodd Frank Act was signed into law, which significantly changed the regulation of financial institutions and the financial services
industry. The Dodd Frank Act, together with the regulations to be developed thereunder, includes provisions affecting large and small
financial institutions alike, including several provisions that affect how community banks, thrifts and small bank and thrift holding
companies will be regulated. In addition, the Federal Reserve, in recent years, has adopted numerous new regulations addressing
banks’ overdraft and mortgage lending practices. Further, the CFPB was established, with broad powers to supervise and enforce
consumer protection laws, and additional consumer protection legislation and regulatory activity is anticipated in the future. Any rules
or regulations promulgated by the CFPB may increase our compliance costs and could limit our revenue from certain consumer
products and services.
The financial services industry, as well as the broader economy, may be subject to new legislation, regulation, and government
policy.
At this time, it is difficult to predict the legislative and regulatory changes that will result from the combination of a new President of
the United States and the first year since 2010 in which both Houses of Congress and the White House have majority memberships
from the same political party. Recently, however, both the new President and senior members of the House of Representatives have
advocated for significant reduction of financial services regulation, to include amendments to the Dodd-Frank Act and structural
changes to the CFPB. The new Administration and Congress also may cause broader economic changes due to changes in governing
ideology and governing style. New appointments to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve could affect monetary policy and
interest rates, and changes in fiscal policy could affect broader patterns of trade and economic growth. Future legislation, regulation,
and government policy could affect the banking industry as a whole, including the Company’s business and results of operations, in
ways that are difficult to predict. In addition, the Company’s results of operations also could be adversely affected by changes in the
way in which existing statutes and regulations are interpreted or applied by courts and government agencies.
We could be required to establish a deferred tax asset valuation allowance and a corresponding charge against earnings if the
federal corporate income tax rate is lowered or the federal corporate alternative minimum tax is eliminated, or if we experience
a decrease in earnings.
Deferred tax assets are reported as assets on the Company’s balance sheet and represent the decrease in taxes expected to be paid in the
future because of net operating losses (“NOLs”) and tax credit carryforwards and because of future reversals of temporary differences
in the bases of assets and liabilities as measured by enacted tax laws and their bases as reported in the financial statements. As of
December 31, 2016, the Company had net deferred tax assets of $53.5 million, which included deferred tax assets for a federal net
operating loss carryforward of $55.3 million that is expected to expire in 2031 thru 2033 and a $2.1 million alternative minimum tax
credit carryforward that can be carried forward indefinitely. Tax credit carryforwards result in reductions to future tax liabilities. If it
becomes more likely than not that some portion or the entire deferred tax asset will not be realized, a valuation allowance must be
recognized. The President of the United States and the majority political party in the U.S. Congress have announced plans to lower the
federal corporate income tax rate from its current level of 35% and to eliminate the corporate alternative minimum tax. If these plans
ultimately result in the enactment of new laws lowering the corporate income tax rate by a material amount and/or eliminating the
corporate alternative minimum tax, or if we sustain net losses, which the Company has done as recently as 2012, certain of the
Company’s deferred tax assets would need to be re-measured to evaluate the impact that the lower tax rate and/or the elimination of the
corporate alternative minimum tax or the net losses will have on the currently expected full utilization of the deferred tax assets. If any
of these factors make it more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized, a valuation allowance
will need to be recognized and this would result in a corresponding charge against the Company’s earnings.
The Company and its subsidiaries could become subject to claims and litigation pertaining to the Company’s or the Bank’s
fiduciary responsibility.
Customers make claims and on occasion take legal action pertaining to the Company’s performance of its fiduciary responsibilities.
Whether customer claims and legal action related to the Company’s performance of its fiduciary responsibilities are founded or
unfounded, if such claims and legal action are not resolved in a manner favorable to the Company, they may result in significant
financial liability and/or adversely affect the market perception of the Company and its products and services as well as impact
customer demand for those products and services. Any financial liability or reputational damage could have a material adverse effect
on the Company’s business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse impact on its financial condition and results of operations.
25
Loss of key employees may disrupt relationships with certain customers.
The Company’s business is primarily relationship-driven in that many of its key employees have extensive customer or asset
management relationships. Loss of key employees with such relationships may lead to the loss of business if the customers were to
follow that employee to a competitor or if asset management expertise was not timely replaced. While the Company believes its
relationships with its key personnel are strong, it cannot guarantee that all of its key personnel will remain with the organization. Loss
of such key personnel could have a negative impact on the company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.
The Company’s information systems may experience an interruption or breach in security and cyber-attacks, all if which could
have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business.
The Company relies heavily on internal and outsourced technologies, communications, and information systems to conduct its
business. Additionally, in the normal course of business, the Company collects, processes and retains sensitive and confidential
information regarding our customers. As the Company’s reliance on technology has increased, so have the potential risks of a
technology-related operation interruption (such as disruptions in the Company’s customer relationship management, general ledger,
deposit, loan, or other systems) or the occurrence of a cyber-attack (such as unauthorized access to the Company’s systems). These
risks have increased for all financial institutions as new technologies have emerged, including the use of the Internet and the expansion
of telecommunications technologies (including mobile devices) to conduct financial and other business transactions, and as the
sophistication of organized criminals, perpetrators of fraud, hackers, terrorists and others have increased.
In addition to cyber-attacks or other security breaches involving the theft of sensitive and confidential information, hackers recently
have engaged in attacks against large financial institutions, particularly denial of service attacks, that are designed to disrupt key
business services, such as customer-facing web sites. The Company operates in an industry where otherwise effective preventive
measures against security breaches become vulnerable as breach strategies change frequently and cyber-attacks can originate from a
wide variety of sources. It is possible that a cyber incident, such as a security breach, may be undetected for a period of time.
However, applying guidance fromthe Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council, the Company has identified security risks
and employs risk mitigation controls. Following a layered security approach, the Company has analyzed and will continue to analyze
security related to device specific considerations, user access topics, transaction-processing and network integrity. The Company
expects that it will spend additional time and will incur additional cost going forward to modify and enhance protective measures and
that effort and spending will continue to be required to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities.
The Company also faces risks related to cyber-attacks and other security breaches in connection with credit card and debit card
transactions that typically involve the transmission of sensitive information regarding the Company’s customers through various third
parties, including merchant acquiring banks, payment processors, payment card networks and its processors. Some of these parties
have in the past been the target of security breaches and cyber-attacks. Because these third parties and related environments such as the
point-of-sale are not under the Company’s direct control future security breaches or cyber-attacks affecting any of these third parties
could impact the Company and in some cases the Company may have exposure and suffer losses for breaches or attacks. The
Company offers its customers protection against fraud and attendant losses for unauthorized use of debit cards in order to stay
competitive in the market place. Offering such protection exposes the Company to potential losses which, in the event of a data breach
at one or more retailers of considerable magnitude, may adversely affect its business, financial condition, and results of operation. Our
planned rollout of EMV chip based debit cards in 2017 may produce transition risk in advance of the fully implemented change-over of
our customers to these new EMV cards. Further cyber-attacks or other breaches in the future, whether affecting the Company or others,
could intensify consumer concern and regulatory focus and result in reduced use of payment cards and increased costs, all of which
could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business. To the extent we are involved in any future cyber-attacks or other
breaches, the Company’s reputation could be affected with a potentially material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial
condition or results of operations.
The Company is dependent upon outside third parties for the processing and handling of Company records and data.
The Company relies on software developed by third party vendors to process various Company transactions. In some cases, the
Company has contracted with third parties to run their proprietary software on behalf of the Company at a location under the control of
the third party. These systems include, but are not limited to, payroll, wealth management record keeping, and securities portfolio
management. While the Company performs a review of controls instituted by the vendor over these programs in accordance with
industry standards and institutes its own user controls, the Company must rely on the continued maintenance of the performance
controls by these outside parties, including safeguards over the security of customer data. In addition, the Company creates backup
copies of key processing output daily in the event of a failure on the part of any of these systems. Nonetheless, the Company may incur
a temporary disruption in its ability to conduct its business or process its transactions, or incur damage to its reputation if a third party
vendor fails to adequately maintain internal controls or institute necessary changes to systems. A disruption or breach of security may
ultimately have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
26
The Company and its subsidiaries are defendants in a variety of litigation and other actions.
Currently, there are certain other legal proceedings pending against the Company and its subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.
While the outcome of any legal proceeding is inherently uncertain, based on information currently available, the Company’s
management believes that any liabilities arising from pending legal matters would not have a material adverse effect on the Bank or on
the consolidated financial statements of the Company. However, if actual results differ from management’s expectations, it could have
a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
Risks Associated with the Company’s Common Stock
The Company has not established a minimum dividend payment level, and it cannot ensure its ability to pay dividends in the
future.
For several years prior to January 2014, the Company was under a Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve that included among
other requirements and restrictions, limitations on the Company’s payment of dividends on its common stock. Although the Written
Agreement was terminated in January 2014, the Company only resumed paying dividends during the second quarter of 2016 on its
common stock.
Despite the termination of the Written Agreement, the Company is still subject to various restrictions on its ability to pay dividends
imposed by the Federal Reserve. The Company is also subject to the limitations of the DGCL. The DGCL allows the Company to pay
dividends only out of its surplus (as defined and computed in accordance with the provisions of the DGCL) or, if the Company has no
such surplus, out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year.
Holders of the Company’s common stock are also only entitled to receive such dividends as the Company’s board of directors ma y
declare out of funds legally available for such payments.
The trading volumes in the Company’s common stock may not provide adequate liquidity for investors.
Shares of the Company’s common stock are listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market; however, the average daily trading volume in
its common stock is less than that of most larger financial services companies. A public trading market having the desired
characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the presence in the marketplace of a sufficient number of willing buyers
and sellers of the common stock at any given time. This presence depends on the individual decisions of investors and general
economic and market conditions over which the Company has no control. Given the current daily average trading volume of the
Company’s common stock, significant sales of the Company’s common stock in a brief period of time, or the expectation of these sales,
could cause a significant decline in the price of the Company’s stock.
The trading price of the Company’s common stock may be subject to continued significant fluctuations and volatility.
The market price of the Company’s common stock could be subject to significant fluctuations due to, among other things:
(cid:2)
(cid:2)
(cid:2)
(cid:2)
(cid:2)
actual or anticipated quarterly fluctuations in its operating and financial results, particularly if such results vary from
the expectations of management, securities analysts and investors, including with respect to further loan losses the
Company may incur;
announcements regarding significant transactions in which the Company may engage;
(cid:2)
(cid:2) market assessments regarding such transactions;
(cid:2)
(cid:2)
(cid:2)
changes or perceived changes in its operations or business prospects;
legislative or regulatory changes affecting its industry generally or its businesses and operations;
the failure of general market and economic conditions to stabilize and recover, particularly with respect to economic
conditions in Illinois, and the pace of any such stabilization and recovery;
the operating and share price performance of companies that investors consider to be comparable to the Company;
future offerings by the Company of debt, preferred stock or trust preferred securities, each of which would be senior
to its common stock upon liquidation and for purposes of dividend distributions;
actions of its current stockholders, including future sales of common stock by existing stockholders and its directors
and executive officers; and
other changes in U.S. or global financial markets, economies and market conditions, such as interest or foreign
exchange rates, stock, commodity, credit or asset valuations or volatility.
Stock markets in general, and the Company’s common stock in particular, have experienced significant volatility since 2007 and
continue to experience significant price and volume volatility. As a result, the market price of the Company’s common stock may
continue to be subject to similar market fluctuations that may or may not be related to its operating performance or prospects. Increased
volatility could result in a decline in the market price of the Company’s common stock.
27
Certain banking laws and the Company’s governing documents may have an anti-takeover effect.
Certain federal banking laws, including regulatory approval requirements, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire the
Company, even if doing so would be perceived to be beneficial to the Company’s stockholders. In addition, the Company has a
classified board of directors and has adopted an Amended and Restated Rights Plan and Tax Benefits Preservation Plan as amended
(the “Rights Plan”), which is intended to discourage any person from acquiring 5% or more of the Company’s outstanding stock (with
certain limited exceptions), in order to help preserve the value of its deferred tax asset. The combination of these provisions may
inhibit a non-negotiated merger or other business combination, which, in turn, could adversely affect the market price of the
Company’s common stock.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
Item 2. Properties
We conduct our business primarily at 26 banking locations in various communities throughout the greater western and southern
Chicago metropolitan area. The principal business office of the Company is located at 37 South River Street, Aurora, Illinois.We own
26 properties and lease two other locations. The Company’s two leased locations are under agreement through March 2018 and
December 31, 2018, with the December 2018 lease expiration under an option to extend through December 31, 2021. We believe that
all of our properties and equipment are well maintained, in good operating condition and adequate for all of our present and anticipated
needs.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
The Company and its subsidiaries have, from time to time, collection suits and other actions that arise in the ordinary course of business
against its borrowers and are defendants in legal actions arising from normal business activities. Management, after consultation with
legal counsel, believes that the ultimate liabilities, if any, resulting from these actions will not have a material adverse effect on the
financial position of the Bank or on the consolidated financial position of the Company.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Market for the Company’s Common Stock
The Company’s common stock trades on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “OSBC”. As of December 31, 2016, the
Company had 919 stockholders of record of its common stock. The following table sets forth the high and low trading prices of the
Company’s common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, and information about declared dividends during each quarter for
2016 and 2015.
First quarter
Second quarter
Third quarter
Fourth quarter
2016
2015
High Low Dividend High Low Dividend
$
7.78
7.55
8.65
11.64
$
6.22
6.37
6.67
7.45
$
-
0.01
0.01
0.01
$
5.85
6.96
6.79
8.14
$
5.06
5.42
5.93
5.98
$
-
-
-
-
The Company resumed paying dividends in 2016 and did not pay any dividends in 2015 as set forth in the table above. The Company’s
stockholders are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefor.
The Company’s ability to pay dividends to stockholders is largely dependent upon the dividends it receives from the Bank; however,
certain regulatory restrictions and the terms of its debt and equity securities, limit the amount of cash dividends it may pay.
28
Form 10-K and Other Information
Transfer Agent/Stockholder Services
Inquiries related to stockholders records, stock transfers, changes of ownership, change of address and dividend payments should be
sent to the transfer agent at the following address:
Old Second Bancorp, Inc.
c/o Shirley Cantrell,
Executive Administrative Department
37 South River Street
Aurora, Illinois 60507
(630) 906-2303
scantrell@oldsecond.com
Stockholder Return Performance Graph. The following graph indicates, for the period commencing December 31, 2011, and ending
December 31, 2016, a comparison of cumulative total returns for the Company, the Nasdaq Bank Index, S&P 500 and the SNL U.S. Bank
Nasdaq. The information assumes that $100 was invested at the closing price at December 31, 2011, in the common stock of the Company
and each index and that all dividends were reinvested.
Index
Old Second Bancorp, Inc.
NASDAQ Bank
S&P 500
SNL U.S. Bank NASDAQ
Period Ending
12/31/2011 12/31/2012 12/31/2013 12/31/2014 12/31/2015 12/31/2016
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
93.85
118.69
116.00
119.19
355.38
168.21
153.57
171.31
413.08
176.48
174.60
177.42
603.08
192.08
177.01
191.53
853.39
265.02
198.18
265.56
Purchases of Equity Securities By the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
None.
29
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Financial Highlights
(In thousands, except share data)
Balance sheet items at year-end
Total assets
Total earning assets
Average assets
Loans, gross
Allowance for loan losses
Deposits
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase
Other short-term borrowings
Junior subordinated debentures
Senior notes
Subordinated debt
Note payable
Stockholders’ equity
Results of operations for the year ended
Interest and dividend income
Interest expense
Net interest and dividend income
Provision (release) for loan losses
Noninterest income
Noninterest expense
Income (loss) before taxes
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Net income (loss)
Preferred stock dividends and accretion
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
Loan quality ratios
Allowance for loan losses to total loans at end of year
Provision for loan losses to total loans
Net loans charged-off to average total loans
Nonaccrual loans to total loans at end of year
Nonperforming assets to total assets at end of year
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans
Per share data
Basic earnings (loss)
Diluted earnings (loss)
Common book value per share
2016
2015
2014
2013
2012
$
2,251,188
2,037,012
2,142,748
1,478,809
16,158
1,866,785
25,715
70,000
57,591
43,998
-
-
175,210
$
2,077,028
1,862,257
2,065,122
1,133,715
16,223
1,759,086
34,070
15,000
57,543
-
45,000
500
155,929
$
2,060,905
1,832,714
2,036,493
1,159,332
21,637
1,685,055
21,036
45,000
57,496
-
45,000
500
194,163
$
2,003,104
1,758,582
1,961,734
1,101,256
27,281
1,682,128
22,560
5,000
57,448
-
45,000
500
147,692
$
2,044,821
1,834,995
1,949,624
1,150,050
38,597
1,717,219
17,875
100,000
57,400
-
45,000
500
72,552
73,379
9,938
63,441
750
28,574
66,761
24,504
8,820
15,684
-
15,684
1.09 %
0.05 %
0.07 %
1.03 %
1.24 %
105.73 %
$
68,164
9,076
59,088
(4,400)
29,294
68,421
24,361
8,976
15,385
1,873
13,512
1.43 %
(0.39) %
0.09 %
1.27 %
1.63 %
112.75 %
$
68,044
10,984
57,060
(3,300)
29,216
73,679
15,897
5,761
10,136
(1,719)
11,855
1.87 %
(0.28) %
0.21 %
2.32 %
2.87 %
80.36 %
69,040
13,786
55,254
(8,550)
31,183
83,144
11,843
(70,242)
82,085
5,258
76,827
$
$
2.48 %
(0.78) %
0.25 %
3.53 %
4.06 %
70.11 %
75,081
15,735
59,346
6,284
37,219
90,353
(72)
-
(72)
4,987
(5,059)
3.35 %
0.55 %
1.56 %
6.74 %
7.58 %
49.79 %
$
$
$
0.53
0.53
5.93
$
0.46
0.46
5.29
$
0.46
0.46
4.99
$
5.45
5.45
5.37
(0.36)
(0.36)
0.05
Weighted average diluted shares outstanding
Weighted average basic shares outstanding
Shares outstanding at year-end
29,838,931
29,532,510
29,556,216
29,730,074
29,476,821
29,483,429
25,549,193
25,300,909
29,442,508
14,106,033
13,939,919
13,917,108
14,207,252
14,074,188
14,084,328
The following represents unaudited quarterly financial information for the periods indicated:
Interest income
Interest expense
Net interest income
Loan loss reserve (release)
Securities losses, net
Income before taxes
Net income
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share
4th
$ 20,196
2,686
17,510
750
(193)
7,973
5,018
0.17
0.17
2016
3rd
$ 17,825
2,478
15,347
-
(1,959)
5,359
3,499
0.12
0.12
2nd
$ 17,779
2,416
15,363
-
-
5,940
3,845
0.13
0.13
1st
$ 17,579
2,358
15,221
-
(61)
5,232
3,322
0.11
0.11
4th
$ 17,056
2,306
14,750
-
-
6,062
3,833
0.13
0.13
2015
3rd
$ 17,072
2,268
14,804
(2,100)
(57)
6,308
3,924
0.12
0.12
2nd
$ 17,170
2,234
14,936
(2,300)
(12)
6,573
4,129
0.12
0.12
1st
$ 16,866
2,268
14,598
-
(109)
5,418
3,499
0.09
0.09
30
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Overview
The following discussion provides additional information regarding the Company’s operations for the twelve-month periods ending
December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, and financial condition at December 31, 2016 and 2015. This discussion should be read in
conjunction with “Selected Financial Data” and the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes thereto
included elsewhere in this document.
The Company provides a wide range of financial services through its 26 banking locations located in Kane, Kendall, DeKalb, DuPage,
LaSalle, Will and Cook counties in Illinois. These banking centers offer access to a full range of traditional retail and commercial
banking services including treasury management operations as well as fiduciary and wealth management services. The Company
focuses its business upon establishing and maintaining relationships with its clients while maintaining a commitment to providing for
the financial services needs of the communities in which it operates through its retail branch network. The Company emphasizes
relationships with individual customers as well as small to medium-sized businesses throughout our market area. The Company’s
market area includes a mix of commercial and industrial, real estate, and consumer related lending opportunities, and provides a stable,
loyal core deposit base. The Company also has extensive wealth management services, which includes a registered investment
advisory platform in addition to trust administration and trust services related to personal and corporate trusts, including employee
benefit plan administration services.
The health of the overall real estate industry in the Company’s markets continued to improve in 2016. While the precipitous decline in
the value of certain real estate assets slowed in the latter part of 2010, continued difficult market conditions generated smaller declines
in the 2015 values of real estate and associated asset types with overall stable market conditions during the reporting period that ended
December 31, 2016. The availability of ready local markets for real estate, while improved, remained limited and continued to affect
the ability of many borrowers to pay on their obligations.
The Company’s net income available to common stockholders for 2016 was $15.7 million, as compared to $13.5 million in 2015, and
$11.9 million in 2014. In 2016, the Company recorded net income of $15.7 million, or $0.53 per diluted share, which compares with a
net income of $15.4 million, or $0.46 per diluted share, in 2015, and $10.1 million, or $0.46 per diluted share in 2014. The basic
earnings per share was similar to the diluted earnings per share for the periods presented, at $0.53 in 2016, $0.46 in both 2 015 and
2014. The Company recorded an additional loan loss provision in 2016 of $750,000, as compared to a $4.4 million release of reserves
for loan losses in 2015, and $3.3 million release of reserves for loan losses in 2014. Net charge-offs were $815,000 in 2016,
$1.0 million during 2015, and $2.3 million during 2014.
Net interest and dividend income increased 7.4% for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended
December 31, 2015. Average loans, including loans held-for-sale, increased $69.3 million, or 6.0%, in 2016 compared to 2015. The
Talmer branch acquisition contributed approximately $38.6 million of the average loan growth, with additional growth realized
primarily in the commercial loan portfolio. Average interest bearing deposits increased $25.1 million, or 1.9% while at the same time
the average rate increased only 3 basis points. This increase was primarily due to rising rates offered on time or certificates of deposit.
Average noninterest bearing deposits increased by $47.0 million, primarily due to the Talmer branch acquisition in late 2016 of
$48.9 million of deposits, of which $28.9 million were noninterest bearing.
In 2015, net interest income of $59.1 million reflected an increase of $2.0 million from the 2014 net interest income of $57.1 million.
In 2015 and 2016, the Bank continued to reposition its balance sheet to ensure appropriate funding was available for loan growth and
branch acquisition needs, to further reduce asset quality risk, and grow deposits organically as a less expensive funding source. In the
second quarter of 2016, the securities held-to-maturity portfolio was reclassified to available-for sale to allow portfolio restructuring
and to fund loan growth. This transfer of $244.8 million was approved by the Board of Directors, and will preclude any holdings of
securities held-to-maturity for a two-year period. Average interest bearing liabilities increased to $1.49 billion in 2016 from
$1.45 billion in 2015, as the need for funding began to rise with the balance sheet growth experienced.
Management also continued to emphasize credit quality and maintain its capital ratios with continued strong liquidity. In 2016, the
Company experienced loan growth of $345.1 million, or 30.4% over 2015 year end loans; approximately $221.0 million of this growth
was acquired with the Talmer branch. The additional growth of $124.1 million was driven by an active commercial lending team in
new and existing markets. Loan levels decreased in the prior year; 2015 experienced a loan decrease of 2.2%, after 2014 experienced
growth of 5.3%. However, asset quality levels have improved steadily over the last few years, with nonperforming assets decreasing to
$27.9 million as of year end 2016, as compared to $33.8 million for year end 2015 and $59.1 million for December 31, 2014.
Corresponding to the reduction in problem loans and nonperforming assets, the Company also continued to take steps to reduce
operating expenses and increase net income. Reduced other real estate owned holdings resulted in lower property valuation and
maintenance expenses each year for 2016, 2015 and 2014. As the Company focused on reducing all noninterest expenses, it was able
to maintain its profitable wealth management business and grew its secondary residential real estate originations and sales as important
sources of noninterest income.
31
The Company’s primary deposit products are checking, NOW, money market, savings, and certificate of deposit accounts, and the
Company’s primary lending products are commercial mortgages, construction lending, commercial loans, residential mortgages and
consumer loans. Major portions of the Company’s loans are secured by various forms of collateral including real estate, business
assets, and consumer property although borrower cash flow is the primary source of repayment at the time of loan origination.
Application of critical accounting policies
The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”)
and follow general practices within the banking industry. Application of these principles requires management to make estimates,
assumptions, and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. These
estimates, assumptions, and judgments are based on information available as of the date of the consolidated financial statements.
Future changes in information may affect these estimates, assumptions, and judgments, which, in turn, may affect amounts reported in
the consolidated financial statements.
Significant accounting policies are presented in Note 1 of the financial statements included in this annual report. These policies, along
with the disclosures presented in the other financial statement notes and in this discussion, provide information on how significant
assets and liabilities are valued in the financial statements and how those values are determined. Recent accounting pronouncements
and standards that have impacted or could potentially affect the Company are discussed in Note 1 of the financial statements, and the
standard adopted in 2016, ASU 2015-03, “Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs” is reflected retroactively within the
financial statements presented.
Management firmly believes that the Company’s accounting policies with respect to the allowance for loan losses is an accounting area
requiring subjective or complex judgments very important to the Company’s financial position and results of operations. Therefore, the
allowance policy is one of the Company’s most critical accounting policies. The allowance for loan losses represents management’s
estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses is considered
a critical accounting estimate because it requires significant judgment. The amounts of estimated losses on pools of homogeneous
loans are based on historical loss experience, consideration of current economic trends and conditions, as well as estimated collateral
valuations, all of which may be susceptible to significant change. Management incorporated methodology changes in the allowance for
loan losses calculation in both 2015 and 2016 to further refine the process. These methodology changes are described in the Allowance
for Loan Losses section of this Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. As a result of
management’s analysis of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, a loan loss provision was recorded in 2016, and loan loss
reserve releases were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.
The loan portfolio represents the largest asset class on the consolidated balance sheets. The allowance for loan losses is a valuation
allowance for loan losses, increased by the provision for loan losses and decreased by both loan loss reserve releases and charge-offs
less recoveries. Management estimates the allowance balance required using an assessment of various risk factors including, but not
limited to, past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations,
estimated collateral values, volume trends in delinquencies, nonaccruals, economic conditions, and other credit market considerations.
Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for losses inherent in the loan
portfolio.
A loan is considered impaired when it is probable that not all contractual principal or interest due will be received according to the
original terms of the loan agreement. Management defines the measured value of an impaired loan based upon the present value of the
future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate, or the fair value reflecting costs to sell the underlying
collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. Impaired loans were $22.3 million at December 31, 2016. This total compares to
$20.9 million and $35.9 million December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. In addition, a discussion of the factors driving changes in
the amount of the allowance for loan losses is included in the Allowances for Loan Losses section that follows.
The Company recognizes expense for federal and state income taxes currently payable as well as deferred federal and state taxes,
estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and amounts reported in the
consolidated balance sheets, as well as loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards. The Company maintains deferred tax assets for
deductible temporary differences, the largest of which related to the goodwill amortization/impairment. For income tax return purposes
this relates to Section 197 goodwill amortization and goodwill impairment charges. Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent
upon generating sufficient taxable income in either the carryforward or carryback periods to cover net operating losses generated by the
reversal of temporary differences. Any change in tax rate will be recorded in the period enacted.
Future issuances or sales of common stock or other equity securities could also result in an “ownership change” as defined for U.S.
federal income tax purposes. If an ownership change were to occur, the Company could realize a loss of a portion of its U.S. federal
and state deferred tax assets, including certain built-in losses that have not been recognized for tax purposes, as a result of the operation
of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The amount of the permanent loss would be determined by the
annual limitation period and the carryforward period (generally up to 20 years for federal net operating losses) and any resulting loss
could have a material adverse effect on the results of operations and financial condition. On September 12, 2012, the Company and the
32
Bank, as rights agent, entered into a Rights Plan which was designed to protect the Company’s deferred tax assets against an
unsolicited ownership change.
On September 2, 2015, the Company and the Bank, as Rights Agent, entered into a Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated
Rights Agreement and Tax Benefits Preservation Plan (the “Amendment”). The Amendment, which was approved by the Company’s
shareholders at the Company’s 2016 annual meeting, extended the final expiration date of the Company’s Amended and Restated
Rights Agreement and Tax Benefits Preservation Plan from September 12, 2015 to September 12, 2018. The purpose of the Rights
Plan is to protect the Company’s deferred tax asset against an unsolicited ownership change, which could significantly limit the
Company’s ability to utilize its deferred tax assets. For a description of the Rights Plan, please refer to the Company’s Form 8-A, filed
September 2, 2015.
Income tax returns are also subject to audit by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and state taxing authorities. Income tax
expense for current and prior periods is subject to adjustment based upon the outcome of such audits. The Company is currently open to
audit under the statute of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service from 2013 to 2015, the state of Illinois from 2013 to 2015, and the
states of Wisconsin and Indiana from 2009 to 2015. The Company believes it has adequately accrued for all probable income taxes
payable.
Another of the Company’s critical accounting policies relates to the fair value measurement of various nonfinancial and financial
instruments including investment securities, valuation of OREO, derivative instruments and the expanded fair value measurement
disclosures that are related to Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820-10 in detail in Notes 1 and 18 to the consolidated
financial statements included in this annual report.
Results of operations
Net interest income
Net interest income increased $4.4 million, or 7.4%, from the year ended December 31, 2015, to $63.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 2016. The Company realized significant improvements in interest income,which was partially offset by increased
interest expense. The net interest margin growth was due primarily to higher volumes of loans in 2016, coupled with $605,000
purchase loan discount accretion stemming from the Talmer branch purchase late in the year. Net interest income increased
$2.0 million, or 3.6%, in 2015 compared to 2014. The positive net income variance in the 2015 period was due to reduced interest
expense, primarily stemming from time deposit expense reductions as well as a junior subordinated debt interest expense decline.
Average earning assets increased $90.0 million in 2016 compared to 2015 including a year over year $69.3 million increase in average
loans including loans held-for-sale. Results reflect growth due to the Talmer branch acquisition, as well as organic commercial, real
estate and lease financing growth. Average earning assets increased $44.7 million, or 2.5% in 2015, from $1.80 billion for the year
ended December 31, 2014, to $1.84 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015, as a result of growth in loan volumes and securities
during 2015. Management continues to develop loan pipelines that can be expected to generate future loan originations and loan
growth.
Average interest bearing liabilities increased in 2016, due primarily to growth in NOW accounts. The debt structure of the Company
was revised in late 2016, with the retirement of $45.5 million of subordinated and senior debt due in 2018, and simultaneous offering of
$45.0 million of senior notes, which pay at a higher rate. The impact of this debt offering will be seen in future years as interest
expense is projected to increase going forward. The interest rate on the retired subordinated debt reset quarterly at three-month LIBOR
plus 150 basis points, and the new senior note issuance is fixed at 5.75% for five years; after 2021, the rate converts to a floating rate
tied to three month LIBOR plus 385 basis points.
The Company’s net interest income can be significantly influenced by a variety of factors, including overall loan demand, economic
conditions, credit risk, the amount of nonearning assets including nonperforming loans and OREO, the amounts of and rates at which
assets and liabilities reprice, variances in prepayment of loans and securities, early withdrawal of deposits, exercise of call options on
borrowings or securities, a general rise or decline in interest rates, changes in the slope of the yield-curve, and balance sheet growth or
contraction. The Company’s asset and liability committee (“ALCO”) seeks to manage interest rate risk under a variety of rate
environments by structuring the Company’s balance sheet and off-balance sheet positions. This process is discussed in more detail in
the interest rate risk section.
33
Analysis of Average Balances
Tax Equivalent Interest and Rates
Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014
2016
2015
2014
Average
Balance
Rate
Interest %
Average
Balance
Interest %
Rate Average
Balance
Rate
Interest %
33,226 $
169
0.50 $
20,066 $
55 0.27 $
28,106
$
73 0.26
635,914
36,643
672,557
7,944
1,218,931
1,932,658
31,689
(15,955)
194,356
$ 2,142,748
15,865
1,295
17,160
333
56,263
73,925
-
-
-
642,132
2.49
22,311
3.53
664,443
2.55
4.19
8,545
4.54 1,149,590
1,842,644
3.78
29,659
-
(19,323)
-
212,142
-
$ 2,065,122
14,037 2.19
834 3.74
14,871 2.24
306 3.58
616,187
16,425
632,612
9,677
53,327 4.58 1,127,590
1,797,985
68,559 3.68
32,628
-
-
(24,981)
-
-
230,861
-
-
$ 2,036,493
14,131 2.29
727 4.43
14,858 2.35
309 3.19
53,170 4.65
68,410 3.76
-
-
-
-
-
-
$
389,266 $
273,101
256,905
404,285
1,323,557
34,016
26,518
57,567
2,050
42,910
477
1,487,095
476,422
12,929
166,302
$ 2,142,748
358
274
157
3,640
4,429
4
102
4,334
112
949
8
9,938
-
-
-
0.09 $
0.10
0.06
0.90
0.33
0.01
0.38
7.53
5.46
2.18
1.65
0.66
-
-
-
345,472 $
292,725
249,570
410,691
1,298,458
28,194
21,945
57,520
-
45,000
500
1,451,617
429,403
10,712
173,390
$ 2,065,122
300 0.09 $
282 0.10
152 0.06
3,201 0.78
3,935 0.30
3 0.01
30 0.13
4,287 7.45
-
814 1.78
7 1.38
9,076 0.62
-
-
-
-
-
-
314,212
305,595
238,326
446,133
1,304,266
26,093
12,534
57,472
-
45,000
500
1,445,865
388,295
20,218
182,115
$ 2,036,493
-
$
266 0.08
317 0.10
155 0.07
4,500 1.01
5,238 0.40
3 0.01
16 0.13
4,919 8.56
-
-
792 1.74
16 3.16
10,984 0.76
-
-
-
-
-
-
$ 63,987
$ 59,483
$ 57,426
3.31
3.23
3.19
76.95 %
78.78 %
80.42 %
Assets
Interest bearing deposits with financial institutions $
Securities:
Taxable
Non-taxable (TE)
Total securities
Dividends from FHLBC and FRBC
Loans and loans held-for-sale1
Total interest earning assets
Cash and due from banks
Allowance for loan losses
Other noninterest bearing assets
Total assets
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
NOW accounts
Money market accounts
Savings accounts
Time deposits
Interest bearing deposits
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
Other short-term borrowings
Junior subordinated debentures
Senior notes
Subordinated debt
Notes payable and other borrowings
Total interest bearing liabilities
Noninterest bearing deposits
Other liabilities
Stockholders' equity
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
Net interest income (TE)
Net interest income (TE) to total earning assets
Interest bearing liabilities to earning assets
1
Interest income from loans is shown tax equivalent as discussed below and includes fees of $2.5 million, $1.8 million and $2.3 million
for 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Nonaccrual loans are included in the above stated average balances. “See Guide 3 Statistical
Data Requirements, Item I for further details in tax equivalent adjustment.”
Asset Quality
Nonperforming loans consist of nonaccrual loans, nonperforming restructured accruing loans and loans 90 days or greater past due but
still accruing. Management believes recovery in the overall commercial real estate segment is evident but could be stifled by
macroeconomic events. This potential change in the economy could adversely impact Company totals for nonperforming loans. Total
nonperforming loans were $16.0 million at December 31, 2016, a modest increase from $14.6 million at December 31, 2015.
Net charge-offs of $815,000 in 2016 compare to $1.0 million in 2015 and $2.3 million in 2014.
34
The following table shows classified loans by segment for the following periods.
(in thousands)
Real estate - construction
Real estate - residential:
Investor
Owner occupied
Revolving and junior liens
Real estate - commercial, nonfarm
Real estate - commercial, farm
Commercial
Other
Total classified loans
N/M - Not meaningful
Classified loans as of December 31,
2014
2015
2016
$
458 $
83 $
4,045
Percent Change From
2016-2015 2015-2014
(97.9)
451.8
1,096
7,225
2,340
9,946
1,782
3,636
1
1,136
7,079
3,055
10,568
1,272
2,029
1
$
26,484 $
25,223 $
2,263
7,343
3,713
19,170
-
4,403
1
40,938
(3.5)
2.1
(23.4)
(5.9)
40.1
79.2
-
5.0
(49.8)
(3.6)
(17.7)
(44.9)
N/M
(53.9)
-
(38.4)
Classified loans include nonaccrual, performing troubled debt restructurings and all other loans considered substandard. Classified
assets include both classified loans and OREO. Although classified loans have increased year over year, total classified assets have
declined due to reductions in the OREO portfolio of $7.2 million in 2016. Management monitors a ratio of classified assets to the sum
of Bank Tier 1 capital and the allowance for loan loss reserve. This ratio reflects another measure of overall improvement in loan
related asset quality. The classified asset ratio showed a positive change to 16.18% at December 31, 2016, after standing at 20.31% at
December 31, 2015, and 28.10% at December 31, 2014.
Other positive trends included continued stability within nonaccrual loan levels. The December 31, 2016, nonaccrual total of
$15.3 million reflects a $900,000 increase over the 2015 year end level. The 2015 nonaccrual loan level of $14.4 million reflected a
reduction of $12.5 million from year end 2014. Total past due loans, including accruing and nonaccrual loans, of $16.4 million for
year-end 2016 reflects a $3.8 million increase over 2015, but the rate of past dues to total loans remained at 1.11% for both year -end
2016 and 2015.
Allowance for Loan Losses
The Bank’s allowance for loan losses methodology is designed to produce reasonable estimates of loan and lease losses as of the
financial statement date(s) and incorporates management’s judgments about the credit quality of the loan portfolio through a disciplined
and consistently applied methodology. The methodology follows GAAP including, but not limited to, guidance included in Accounting
Standards Codification (“ASC”) 310 and ASC 450. Analysis is prepared in accordance with guidelines established by the SEC, the
Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Audit and Accounting
Guide for Depository and Lending Institutions, and banking industry practices. The allowance for loan losses excludes any reserve for
loans recorded related to the Talmer branch acquisition. Total loans boarded of $221.0 million from this acquisition was net of a
purchase accounting discount of $2.8 million. The acquired loans are tracked separately, and any future charge-offs will be taken
against this discount. The discount is being accreted to interest income on a level yield basis as the loans mature.
The allowance for loan losses consists of three components: (i) specific allocations established for losses resulting from an analysis
developed through reviews of individual impaired loans for which the recorded investment in the loan exceeds the measured value of
the loan; (ii) reserves based on historical loss experience for each loan category; and (iii) reserves based on general current economic
conditions as well as specific economic and other factors believed to be relevant to the Company’s loan portfolio. The components of
the allowance for loan losses represent an estimation performed pursuant to ASC Topic 450, “Contingencies”, and ASC Topic 310,
“Receivables” including “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan – Income Recognition and Disclosures”. See Note 1 on
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for further detail.
The historical loss experience component is based on actual loss experience for a rolling 20-quarter period and the related internal risk
rating and category of loans charged-off, including any charge-off on TDRs. The loss migration analysis is performed quarterly, and
the loss factors are updated based on actual experience.
Management takes into consideration many internal and external qualitative factors when estimating the additional adjustment for
management factors, including:
(cid:2) Changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, trends in the volume and terms of loans, and trends in delinquent and
nonaccrual loans that could indicate that historical trends do not reflect current conditions.
(cid:2) Changes in credit policies and procedures, such as underwriting standards and collection, charge-off, and recovery practices.
35
(cid:2) Changes in the experience, ability, and depth of credit management and other relevant staff.
(cid:2) Changes in the quality of the Company’s loan review system and board of directors’ oversight.
(cid:2) Changes in the value of the underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans.
(cid:2) Changes in the national and local economy that affect the collectability of various segments of the portfolio.
(cid:2) Changes in other external factors, such as competition and legal or regulatory requirements are considered when determining
the level of estimated loss in various segments of the portfolio.
Management conducts an annual review of all Home Equity Lines of Credit (“HELOC”) by looking at credit scores. When the
Company is notified of a foreclosure on a first mortgage, the HELOC loan is moved to nonaccrual and a decision is made if the loan is
collectible. Loan balances are actively charged-off in the absence of sufficient equity unless the borrower reaffirms or notifies us of an
intention to reaffirm.
The analysis of these factors involves a high degree of judgment by management. Because of the imprecision surrounding these
factors, the Company estimates a range of inherent losses and maintains a general allowance that is not allocated to a specific category.
As of December 31, 2016, the unallocated allowance decreased to $435,000, from the unallocated balance of $2.0 million as of
December 31, 2015. Changes in the allowance for loan losses are detailed in Note 6 on the consolidated financial statements of this
report.
Methodology is periodically reviewed by the Bank’s independent accountants and banking regulators, and select methodology changes
were made in 2016 and 2015.
One methodology change in 2015 reflects use of average balances in historical required reserve calculations to avoid loss rate impact if
loan balances increase or decrease significantly. Previously, period end balances were used in the required reserve calculation. A
second 2015 methodology change negates quarterly net recovery data in the historical loss rate experience calculations. The previous
treatment of net recoveries was seen as a less meaningful treatment of current historical loss experience. The last methodology change
replaces the commercial real estate pool management factor with a collateral calculation on balances for special mention and problem
accruing loans in the period. This methodology change more accurately reflects all portfolio risk. The impact of these changes to the
allowance was a decrease of approximately $1.3 million in the unallocated reserve as of December 31, 2015.
The Company implemented certain methodology changes in 2016 to more effectively stratify the loan portfolio and apply unique
factors to each segment. One methodology change segregates the total loan portfolio into further detail, moving from seven loan
classifications to nine when applying management risk factors, and from four loan classifications to nine when applying historical loss
rates. A second methodology change in 2016 enhanced the prior process of applying management risk factors for changes in loans
portfolio trends, such as factors for changes in the trend or volume of past due and classified loans, changes in the nature and volume of
the portfolio and concentrations, changes in lending policy, procedures, management and staffing, and other external factors. These
factors were analyzed in the aggregate in prior years, to arrive at one risk factor per loan classification. The new methodology assigns
each of these components its own risk factor, as well as encompasses an additional risk rating for loans rated as pass/watch. This
process more accurately reflects all portfolio risk, and resulted in a decrease to the overall unallocated component of the allowance for
loan looses. If these 2016 methodology changes were applied to the December 31, 2015, allowance balance, an approximate
$1.1 million reduction of the unallocated reserve would have been calculated as more precise calculations are now performed for each
portfolio classification.
The coverage ratio of the allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans was 101.0% as of December 31, 2016, which reflects a
decrease from 111.0% as of December 31, 2015. An increase of $1.4 million, or 9.5%, in nonperforming loans in 2016 drove the
overall coverage ratio change. Following established methodology, management updated the estimated specific allocations each
quarter after receiving more recent appraisal valuations or information on cash flow trends related to the impaired credits. Allocations
for general risk and management factors increased by $1.5 million from December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016, while the overall
loan balances subject to allowance increased by approximately $128.8 million at December 31, 2016. Management determined the
estimated amount to include in the allowance for loan losses based upon a number of factors, including an evaluation of credit market
circumstances, loan growth or contraction, the quality and composition of the loan portfolio and loan loss experience.
Management reviews the performance of the management risk factors including higher risk loan pools rated as special mention and
problem loans, and adjusts the population and the related loss factors taking into account adverse market trends including collateral
valuation as well as its assessments of the credits in that pool. Changes are identified in the Company’s comprehensive loan review
process and made in the related risk factors when needed with a formal affirmation at each quarter end. Those assessments capture
management’s estimate of the potential for adverse migration to an impaired status as well as its estimation of what potential valuation
impact would result from that migration. Management has also observed that many stresses in those credits were generally attributable
to cyclical economic events that continued to show some signs of stabilization in 2016.
The above changes in estimates were made by management to be consistent with observable trends on asset quality within loan
portfolio segments (as discussed in the Asset Quality section above) and in conjunction with market conditions and credit review
administration activities. Several environmental factors are also evaluated monthly, when appropriate, with formal affirmation each
36
quarter end and are included in the assessment of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. Further, significant improvement was
seen in net charge-offs from year-end 2014 thru 2016. Net charge-offs of $1.0 million in 2015 declined by 19.6% to $815,000 in 2016.
Nonperforming loans of $14.6 million at year-end 2015 increased 9.5% to $16.0 million at December 31, 2016. Based on this
assessment, management determined that a $750,000 loan loss provision was required for year-end 2016 and an overall improvement in
loan asset quality justified loan loss reserve releases of $4.4 million in 2015. When measured as a percentage of loans outstanding, the
total allowance for loan losses decreased from 1.4% of total loans as of December 31, 2015, to 1.1% of total loans at
December 31, 2016. In management’s judgment, an adequate allowance for estimated losses has been established for inherent losses at
December 31, 2016; however, there can be no assurance that actual losses will not exceed the estimated amounts in the future.
Noninterest income
(in thousands)
Trust income
Service charges on deposits
Residential mortgage banking revenue
Securities (loss) gains, net
Increase in cash surrender value of bank-owned life
insurance
Debit card interchange income
Loss on disposal and transfer of fixed assets
Other income
Total noninterest income
N/M - Not meaningful
Noninterest Income for the Twelve Months
ending December 31,
2015
2016
2014
$
$
5,670 $
6,684
8,186
(2,213)
1,283
4,027
(1)
4,938
28,574 $
5,953 $
6,820
7,169
(178)
1,396
4,028
(1,119)
5,225
29,294 $
6,198
7,079
4,424
1,719
1,453
3,806
(121)
4,658
29,216
Percent Change From
2016-2015 2015-2014
(4.0)
(3.7)
62.0
N/M
(4.8)
(2.0)
14.2
N/M
(8.1)
(0.0)
N/M
(5.5)
(2.5)
(3.9)
5.8
N/M
12.2
0.3
Total noninterest income in 2016 declined to $28.6 million, as compared to $29.3 million in 2015 and $29.2 million in 2014. Strategic
planning continues to develop for potential trust income and service charge related growth, subject to the banking industry’s regulatory
environment. While trust income and deposit service charges declined over the three year period, residential mortgage banking revenue
showed strong improvement each year. The Company’s residential mortgage operation functioned very efficiently in a difficult rate
environment. Also, valuations in the mortgage business improved year over year.
Factoring out nonrecurring items, total noninterest income was essentially unchanged in 2016 from the two prior years, even though
there were several material changes year over year. Nonrecurring items in 2016 included security losses of $2.2 million, which were
incurred to fund the Talmer branch acquisition; these losses compared to net losses of $178,000 in 2015, and net gains of $1.7 million
in 2014. In 2015, the Company incurred a noncash impairment charge of approximately $1.1 million on the now closed branch in
Batavia, Illinois, and also recorded revenue of approximately $917,000 on a one-time payment from a long term service provider.
37
Noninterest expense
(in thousands)
Salaries
Bonus
Benefits and other
Total salaries and employee benefits
Occupancy expense, net
Furniture and equipment expense
FDIC insurance
General bank insurance
Amortization of core deposit intangible
Advertising expense
Debit card interchange expense
Legal fees
Other real estate owned expense, net
Other expense
Total noninterest expense
N/M - Not meaningful
Noninterest Expense for the Twelve Months
ending December 31,
2015
2014
2016
$
$
28,823 $
1,988
5,423
36,234
4,612
4,447
865
1,109
16
1,633
1,455
800
2,743
12,847
66,761 $
28,173 $
1,320
5,568
35,061
4,749
4,430
1,334
1,273
-
1,340
1,514
1,175
5,191
12,354
68,421 $
28,440
1,955
5,772
36,167
4,963
3,972
2,170
1,561
1,177
1,278
1,631
1,333
6,917
12,510
73,679
Percent Change From
2016-2015 2015-2014
(0.9)
(32.5)
(3.5)
(3.1)
(4.3)
11.5
(38.5)
(18.4)
N/M
4.9
(7.2)
(11.9)
(25.0)
(1.2)
(7.1)
2.3
50.6
(2.6)
3.3
(2.9)
0.4
(35.2)
(12.9)
N/M
21.9
(3.9)
(31.9)
(47.2)
4.0
(2.4)
Total noninterest expense decreased by $1.7 million, or 2.4% in 2016 compared to 2015. Most notably, reductions in other real estate
owned expense, net, were realized in each of the years presented, reflecting the declining balances held in OREO. Salaries and
employee benefits increased 3.3% in 2016 reflecting the growth in total employees (17) and increased payments made for commissions
on mortgage loan sales. Advertising expense also increased in 2016, reflecting marketing campaigns related to new product offerings.
Reductions in total noninterest expense in 2015 as compared to 2014 were 7.1% overall; the Company recorded no amortization
expense on the core deposit intangible in 2015 compared to $1.2 million expense in 2014. Branch closures in 2014 and 2015 as well as
2015 staff reductions were other sources of this decrease along with strict management attention to control replacement hiring when
positions become open.
Income taxes
The Company’s provision for income taxes includes both federal and state income tax expense (benefit). An analysis of the provision
for income taxes for the three years ended December 31, 2016, is detailed in Note 12. The Company income tax accounting policies
are described in Note 1.
Income tax expense totaled $8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to an income tax expense of $9.0 million in
2015 and $5.8 million in 2014. Income tax expense reflected all relevant statutory tax rates and GAAP accounting. Any changes in tax
rates will be recorded in the period enacted.
On September 2, 2015, the Company and the Bank, as rights agent (the “Rights Agent”), entered into a Second Amendment to
Amended and Restated Rights Agreement and Tax Benefits Preservation Plan (the “Amendment”), which amended the Amended and
Restated Rights Agreement and Tax Benefits Preservation Plan, dated as of September 12, 2012, between the Company and the Rights
Agent (as amended, the “Tax Benefits Plan”). This amendment was submitted and approved by the Company’s stockholders at the
Company’s 2016 annual meeting, which extended the final expiration date of the Tax Benefits Plan from September 12, 2015 to
September 12, 2018.
The determination of whether the Company will be able to realize the deferred tax assets is highly subjective and dependent upon
judgment concerning management’s evaluation of both positive and negative evidence, including forecasts of future income, available
tax planning strategies, and assessments of the current and future economic and business conditions. Management considered both
positive and negative evidence regarding the Company’s ability to ultimately realize the deferred tax assets, which is largely dependent
upon the ability to derive benefits based upon future taxable income. For all periods presented, management determined that the
realization of the deferred tax asset was “more likely than not” as required by GAAP.
There have been no significant changes in the Company's ability to utilize the deferred tax assets through December 31, 2016. The
Company has no valuation reserve on the deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2016.
38
Financial condition
General
Total assets increased $174.2 million, or 8.4%, from December 31, 2015, to close at $2.25 billion as of December 31, 2016. Loans
increased by 30.4%, to $1.48 billion over the course of 2016. Management continued to emphasize balance sheet stabilization and
credit quality in all lending deliberations and continued to encounter high levels of competition for loans in the Company’s target
markets. Balance sheet stabilization was reflected in reduced OREO balances for the year over year period. In total, OREO assets
decreased $7.2 million, or 37.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to December 31, 2015, as sale activity and
valuation write-downs exceeded new properties added. Total securities decreased by $172.0 million, or 24.4%, for the year ended
December 31, 2016, reflecting the securities sales proceeds utilized to fund the Talmer branch acquisition. Management continued to
fund new lending with security sales and short term borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago (the “FHLBC”). For
the year ended December 31, 2016 the largest changes by loan type included increases in commercial and real estate-commercial, while
all loan types, excluding consumer and overdrafts, grew due to the Talmer branch acquisition in 2016.
Similarly, total assets at year-end 2015 of $2.08 billion increased slightly from $2.06 billion from year-end 2014. Securities increased
in 2015, while loans decreased $25.6 million. Total deposits increased by $74.0 million, while other short-term borrowings decreased
$30.0 million. Finally, total equity declined $38.2 million primarily due to the retirement of preferred stock in 2015.
Investments
As shown below, net investment sales during 2016 changed the composition of the Company’s securities portfolio.
(in thousands)
Securities available-for-sale, at fair value
U.S. Treasury
U.S. government agencies
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed
States and political subdivisions
Corporate bonds
Collateralized mortgage obligations
Asset-backed securities
Collateralized loan obligations
Total securities available-for-sale
Securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed
Collateralized mortgage obligations
Total securities held-to-maturity
Total securities
N/M - Not meaningful
Securities Portfolio as of December 31,
2014
2015
2016
Percent Change From
2016-2015 2015-2014
$
$
$
$
$
- $
-
41,534
68,703
10,630
170,927
138,407
101,637
531,838 $
1,509 $
1,556
1,996
30,526
29,400
66,920
231,908
92,251
456,066 $
1,527
1,624
-
22,018
30,985
63,627
173,496
92,209
385,486
N/M
N/M
1,980.9
125.1
(63.8)
155.4
(40.3)
10.2
16.6
- $
-
- $
36,505 $
211,241
247,746 $
37,125
222,545
259,670
N/M
N/M
N/M
(1.2)
(4.2)
N/M
38.6
(5.1)
5.2
33.7
0.0
18.3
(1.7)
(5.1)
(4.6)
531,838 $
703,812 $
645,156
(24.4)
9.1
Our investment portfolio serves the liquidity and income needs of the Company. While the portfolio serves as an important component
of the overall liquidity management at the Bank, portions of the portfolio will also serve as income producing assets. The size and
composition of the portfolio reflects liquidity needs, loan demand and interest income objectives.
Portfolio size and composition will be adjusted from time to time. While a significant portion of the portfolio consists of readily
marketable securities to address liquidity, other parts of the portfolio may reflect funds invested pending future loan demand or to
maximize interest income without undue interest rate risk.
Securities held-to-maturity were held in 2015 and early 2016; in the second quarter of 2016, the portfolio was transferred to available-
for-sale to allow for portfolio restructuring and to fund loan growth. Securities held-to-maturity presented below were carried at
amortized cost and the discount or premium was accreted or amortized to the maturity or expected payoff date but not an earlier call.
Due to the transfer to available-for-sale in 2016, the Company is precluded from holding any securities as held-to-maturity for a two
year period.
The Company’s total securities show a net decrease of $172.0 million since December 31, 2015. This reduction stemmed from funding
needs related to the Talmer branch acquisition and loan growth. Primarily asset backed securities and CMOs were sold to complete the
39
Company’s plans, which resulted in net security losses of $2.2 million in 2016. Certain portfolios did increase in the year over year
period, such as states and political subdivisions and collateralized loan obligations. Purchases totaling $92.3 million were executed in
these portfolios during 2016 due to favorable pricing in the rising interest rate environment. These portfolio increases were more than
offset by reductions in holdings of asset-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations; these reductions were comprised of
sales of $287.7 million and paydowns of $31.8 million. In 2015, the Company increased holdings in asset-backed securities, which
were backed by student loans, with only small changes in other categories of securities.
Loans
(in thousands)
Commercial
Real estate - commercial
Real estate - construction
Real estate - residential
Consumer
Overdraft
Lease financing receivables
Other
Net deferred loan costs
Total loans
$
$
$
2016
2014
2015
Major Classification of Loans as of December 31, Percent Change From
2016-2015 2015-2014
(3.0)
0.8
(55.8)
(5.2)
20.3
(25.6)
219.9
(12.9)
(2.2)
40.5
(2.2)
228,113
736,247
64,720
377,851
3,237
436
55,451
11,537
1,477,592
1,217
115,603
605,721
19,806
351,007
4,216
483
25,712
10,130
1,132,678
1,037
119,158
600,629
44,795
370,191
3,504
649
8,038
11,630
1,158,594
738
1,159,332
97.3
21.5
226.8
7.6
(23.2)
(9.7)
115.7
13.9
30.5
17.4
30.4
1,478,809 $
1,133,715 $
$
Loan production in 2016 reflects extensive work done during the year to build business origination pipelines. Excluding loans
purchased in the Talmer branch acquisition of $221.0 million, organic loan growth experienced in 2016 totaled $124.1 million.
Significant new business was realized in the multi-family, commercial real estate (both owner occupied and nonowner occupied) and
commercial & industrial classifications. Other commercial real estate credits were realized with relationships in our targeted customer
and geographic markets, and additional lease financing receivables were recorded in 2016 with numerous purchases of equipment
financing contracts originated by a larger Illinois based financial institution. Similarly, significant new commercial & industrial
lending was realized to businesses that conform to the Company’s profile of customers defined in Company loan policies.
Additionally, we strive to serve customers near our geographical locations in communities served by the Company. The Company
continues to seek opportunities in its primary lending markets that will develop additional relationship banking customers; however,
markets remain very competitive for new loan business.
Total loans were $1.48 billion as of December 31, 2016, an increase from $1.13 billion as of December 31, 2015. Loan production in
2015 declined as compared to the loan growth seen in 2014. Loan results in 2015 represented a decrease of $25.6 million in the year.
While the Company worked diligently to build loan origination pipelines during 2015 and 2016, the soft demand from qualified
borrowers, including borrower reluctance to drawdown on existing credit lines through the year, as well as the competitive landscape,
moderated growth in the loan portfolio. As discussed in the Asset Quality section above, management continued to emphasize loan
portfolio quality in 2016 and 2015 and, as a result, $815,000 of net loan charge-offs were recorded in 2016, and $1.0 million of net loan
charge-offs were recorded in 2015, compared to $2.3 million of net loan charge-offs recorded in 2014.
The quality of the loan portfolio is in large part a reflection of the economic health of the communities in which the Company operates.
The local economies have been affected by the improved but still difficult economic conditions, referred to by many as structural
headwinds that have been experienced nationwide. The less than vibrant economic conditions continue to affect business regions
served in particular and financial markets generally. Real estate related activity, including valuations and transactions, while improved
from past severe conditions, continues to be less than expansive. Because the Company is located in an area with significant open
space and undeveloped real estate, real estate lending (including commercial, residential, and construction) has been and continues to
be a sizable portion of the portfolio. Real estate lending categories comprised the largest group in the portfolio for all years presented.
In addition, the commercial loan portfolio increased $112.5 million to $228.1 million at December 31, 2016, from $115.6 million at
December 31, 2015. The Company remains committed to overseeing and managing its loan portfolio to avoid unnecessarily high credit
concentrations in accordance with the general interagency guidance on risk management. Consistent with those commitments,
management updated its asset diversification plan and policy and anticipates that the percentage of real estate lending to the overall
portfolio will decrease in the future.
The allowance for loan losses was $16.2 million at year-end 2016 and 2015, as compared to $21.6 million at year end 2014. One
measure of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is the ratio of the allowance to total loans. The allowance for loan losses as a
percentage of total loans was 1.1% as of December 31, 2016, compared to 1.4% at year-end 2015 and 1.9% at year-end 2014. In
management’s judgment, an adequate allowance for estimated losses has been established; however, there can be no assurance that
losses will not exceed the estimated amounts in the future. Excluding the December 31, 2016, balances of the loans acquired from the
Talmer branch, the ratio of allowance to total loans as of year-end 2016 was 1.28%. The acquired loans are carried at contractual loan
40
values less a fair market value adjustment as of date of acquisition; as of December 31, 2016, this acquisition adjustment totaled $2.2
million.
Management remains cautious about the continued slow recovery in the local and overall economic environment. Furthermore, the
sustained difficulties in the commercial and investor real estate sector, while showing signs of improvement, could continue to
adversely affect collateral values. These events may adversely affect cash flows generally for both commercial and individual
borrowers. While we believe portfolio stability has taken hold, the Company could experience undesirable levels of problem assets,
delinquencies, and losses on loans in future periods if economic recession or politically triggered economic instability develops.
Other Real Estate Owned
OREO decreased to $11.9 million as of December 31, 2016, reflecting a $7.2 million decline from $19.1 million at year end 2015, and
$32.0 million at December 31, 2014. Of note, as of year-end 2016 the largest net book value property held was a vacant commercial
property carried at $1.8 million. Commercial properties within the OREO portfolio also include two transfers from premises to OREO
totaling $1.0 million. One of these properties was transferred into OREO in 2016, with the announcement of the Maple Park, Illinois,
branch closure scheduled for February 2017; no loss was taken upon transfer. The second property transferred into OREO was
recorded in 2015 with the closure of the east Batavia, Illinois branch. The Bank recorded a loss of approximately $1.1 million in 2015
upon the transfer of this property to OREO. The trend of year over year reductions in valuation adjustments continued but at
decreasing levels in 2014 through 2016.
(in thousands)
Single family residence
Lots (single family and commercial)
Vacant land
Multi-family
Commercial property
Total OREO properties
$
2015
2016
225 $
OREO Properties by Type as of December 31, Percent Change From
2016-2015 2015-2014
(11.0)
(24.1)
(22.8)
(79.7)
(63.3)
(40.2)
2,621
13,235
2,725
1,549
11,852
31,982
(90.4)
(27.1)
(69.8)
(15.9)
(20.2)
(37.7)
10,042
2,104
314
4,347
7,322
636
264
3,469
19,141 $
11,916 $
2,334 $
2014
$
The OREO valuation reserve ended 2016 at $10.0 million, which was 45.6% of gross OREO at year-end 2016. This compares to
$14.1 million, or 42.5% of gross OREO at year-end 2015.
Deposits & Borrowings
In 2016, the Company grew total deposits by $107.7 million, or 6.1%, to a total of $1.87 billion at year-end 2016. A reduced level of
time or certificates of deposits as higher yielding certificates matured in the current lower rate environment was offset by larger
increases in transactional demand, money market and savings account balances. The catalyst for this increase was the $48.9 million of
deposits acquired with the Talmer branch acquisition in late 2016. Excluding this acquisition, deposit growth was $58.8 million, or
3.3% year over year. These results compare to 2015 deposit growth of $74.0 million, or 4.4%. Other liquidity sources were utilized for
funding needs of the Company, such as other short-term borrowings with the FHLBC. The Company’s borrowings at the FHLBC
require the Bank to be a member and invest in the stock of the FHLBC and total borrowings are generally limited to the lower of 35%
of total assets or 60% of the book value of certain mortgage loans. The Bank primarily uses these borrowings as a source of short-term
funding, and borrowings levels with the FHLBC increased by $55.0 million in 2016, to end at $70.0 million outstanding as of
December 31, 2016.
Throughout much of 2016, the Company’s most significant borrowing relationship continued to be the $45.5 million credit facility with
a correspondent bank. The credit facility was composed of $500,000 in term debt and $45.0 million of subordinated debt. In
December 2016, the Company completed a debt retirement and simultaneous senior debt offering. Subordinated debt of $45.0 million
and $500,000 of senior debt outstanding were paid off with the proceeds of a $45.0 million senior notes issuance and cash on hand.
The senior notes mature in ten years, and terms include interest payable semiannually at 5.75% for five years. Beginning December
2021, the senior debt will pay interest at a floating rate, with interest payable quarterly at three month LIBOR plus 385 basis points. As
of December 31, 2016, the company had $44.0 million of senior debt outstanding, net of deferred issuance costs.
At December 31, 2016, the Company was in compliance with all of the financial covenants contained within the credit agreement.
Capital
As of December 31, 2016, total stockholders’ equity was $175.2 million, which was an increase of $19.3 million, or 12.4%, from the
$155.9 million as of December 31, 2015. This increase was attributable to net income of $15.7 million in 2016, and a more favorable
mark to market adjustment on securities, net of the swaps fair market value reduction, within accumulated other comprehensive
income. An accumulated other comprehensive unrealized loss, net of deferred taxes, of $8.8 million was recorded as of year end 2016,
41
as compared to a $12.7 million unrealized loss as of year end 2015. Equity in 2016 was reduced for the payment of dividends to
common stockholders, which totaled $888,000 for the year. Total stockholders’ equity declined in 2015, ending at $155.9 million as
compared to $194.2 million at year end 2014, due to the Series B Stock redemption of $47.3 million conducted during 2015.
Recapping important events from 2014 and relevant history, the Company completed the sale of $32.6 million of cumulative trust
preferred securities by its subsidiary, Old Second Capital Trust I in July 2003. These trust preferred securities remain outstanding for a
30-year term, but subject to regulatory approval, they can be called in whole or in part at the Company’s discretion after an initial five-
year period, which has since passed. The Company does not currently intend to seek regulatory approval to call these securities.
Dividends are payable quarterly at an annual rate of 7.80% and are included in interest expense in the consolidated financial statements
even when deferred. Likewise, the Company issued an additional $25.8 million of cumulative trust preferred securities through a
private placement completed by a second unconsolidated subsidiary, Old Second Capital Trust II in April 2007. These trust preferred
securities also mature in 30 years, but subject to the aforementioned regulatory approval, can be called in whole or in part in 2017.
When not in deferral the quarterly cash distributions on the securities are fixed at 6.77% through June 15, 2017 and float at 150 basis
points over the three-month LIBOR rate thereafter. The Company entered into a forward starting interest rate swap on
August 18, 2015, with an effective date of June 15, 2017. This transaction had a notional amount totaling $25.8 million as of
December 31, 2015, was designated as a cash flow hedge of certain junior subordinated debentures and was determined to be fully
effective during the period presented. As such, no amount of ineffectiveness has been included in net income. Therefore, the aggregate
fair value of the swap is recorded in other liabilities with changes in fair value recorded in other comprehensive income, net of tax. The
amount included in other comprehensive income would be reclassified to current earnings should all or a portion of the hedge no longer
be considered effective. The Company expects the hedge to remain fully effective during the remaining term of the swap. The Bank
will pay the counterparty a fixed rate and receive a floating rate based on three month LIBOR. Management concluded that it would be
advantageous to enter into this transaction given that the Company has trust preferred securities that will change from fixed rate to
floating rate on June 15, 2017. The cash flow hedge has a maturity date of June 15, 2037.
The Company is currently paying interest on all trust preferred securities as that interest comes due. As of December 31, 2016, trust
preferred proceeds of $48.0 million qualified as Tier 1 regulatory capital and $8.6 million qualified as Tier 2 regulatory capital. As of
December 31, 2015, trust preferred proceeds of $44.1 million qualified as Tier 1 regulatory capital. Additionally, $18.0 million of the
$45.0 million in subordinated debt that was obtained to finance the February 2008 acquisition of Heritage Bancorp qualified as Tier 2
regulatory capital as of December 31, 2015.
In January 2009, the Company issued and sold (i) 73,000 shares of Series B Stock and (ii) a warrant to purchase 815,339 shares of its
common stock at an exercise price of $13.43 per share to the Treasury. The total liquidation value of the Series B Stock and the
warrant was $73.0 million at issuance. All of the Series B Stock held by Treasury was sold to third parties, including certain of the
Company’s directors, in public auctions that were completed in the first quarter of 2013. The warrant was also sold at a subsequent
auction to a third party. During 2015 the Company redeemed $15.8 million of Series B Stock in the first quarter of 2015 and the
remaining shares in the third quarter of 2015. As of December 31, 2015 the Series B Stock is fully redeemed. The warrant has a
carrying value of $4.8 million, expires in January 2019, and is included within additional paid-in capital as of December 31, 2016, and
2015.
At December 31, 2016, the Bank’s Tier 1 capital leverage ratio was 10.24%, an increase of 30 basis points from December 31, 2015.
The Bank’s total capital ratio was 13.45%, down 178 basis points from December 31, 2015. The Company’s regulatory capital ratios
of Total capital to risk weighted assets, Tier 1 common equity to risk weighted assets, Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets and Tier 1
capital to average assets were 12.29%, 8.76%, 10.88% and 8.90%, at December 31, 2016, respectively, compared to the Company’s
regulatory capital ratios of Total capital to risk weighted assets, Tier 1 common equity to risk weighted assets, Tier 1 capital to risk
weighted assets and Tier 1 capital to average assets to 15.56%, 10.55%, 12.30% and 8.69%, respectively, at December 31, 2015. The
Company, on a consolidated basis, exceeded the minimum capital ratios to be deemed “well capitalized” at December 31, 2016,
pursuant to the capital requirements in effect at that time. All ratios conform to the regulatory calculation requirements in effect as of
the date noted. In addition to the above regulatory ratios, the Company’s non-GAAP tangible common equity to tangible assets
decreased from 7.50% at December 31, 2015, to 7.42% at December 31, 2016, largely attributable to the increase of tangible assets by
$164.6 million as a result of the Talmer acquisition.
The Company repurchased 34,213 shares for $254,000 in 2016, resulting in an increase in treasury stock to 4,978,018 shares and
$96.2 million as of December 31, 2016. The Company repurchased 21,579 shares for $117,000 in 2015, resulting in an increase in
treasury stock to 4,943,805 shares and $96.0 million as of December 31, 2015. Treasury stock repurchased decreases stockholders’
equity, but also increases earnings per share by reducing the number of shares outstanding. Stock options were exercised in 2016 for
1,500 shares; there were no stock option exercises in 2015.
Liquidity
Liquidity is the Company’s ability to fund operations, to meet depositor withdrawals, to provide for customer’s credit needs, and to
meet maturing obligations and existing commitments. The liquidity of the Company principally depends on cash flows from net
operating activities, including pledging requirements, investment in, and both maturity and repayment of assets, changes in balances of
deposits and borrowings, and its ability to borrow funds. In addition, the Company’s liquidity depends on the Bank’s ability to pay
42
dividends, which is subject to certain regulatory requirements. See “Supervision and Regulation”. The Company continually monitors
its cash position and borrowing capacity as well as performs monthly stress tests of contingency funding as part of its liquidity
management process. Stress testing of liquidity for contingency funding purposes includes tests that outline scenarios for specifically
identified liquidity risk events, which are then aggregated into a Bank-wide assessment of liquidity risk stress levels. The outcomes of
these tests are reviewed by management and the Company’s Board of Directors monthly.
Net cash inflows from operating activities were $27.3 million during 2016, compared with inflows of $21.1 million in 2015 and
outflows of $6.3 million in 2014. Proceeds from sales of loans held-for-sale, net of funds used to originate loans held-for-sale, was a
significant source of inflows for all years presented. Interest received, net of interest paid, combined with changes in other assets and
liabilities were a source of inflows for 2016, and outflows for 2015 and 2014. Management of investing and financing activities, as
well as market conditions, determines the level and the stability of net interest cash flows. Management’s policy is to mitigate the
impact of changes in market interest rates to the extent possible as part of the balance sheet management process.
Net cash outflows from investing activities were $123.1 million in 2016, compared to net cash outflows of $32.2 million in 2015 and
net cash outflows of $66.1 million in 2014. The Talmer branch acquisition in 2016 was a significant source of outflows for the
Company in 2016, resulting in $181.4 million of cash paid for the net assets acquired. In 2016, securities transactions accounted for a
net inflow of $178.0 million, net principal received on loans accounted for net outflows of $125.5 million, and proceeds from the sales
of OREO assets accounted for inflows of $7.8 million. In 2015, securities transactions accounted for a net outflow of $65.9 million,
and net principal received on loans accounted for net inflows of $16.1 million whereas proceeds from the sale of OREO assets
accounted for inflows of $18.8 million.
Net cash inflows from financing activities in 2016 were $102.8 million compared with net cash inflows of $7.2 million in 2015, while
2014 had net cash inflows of $69.0 million. Significant cash inflows from financing activities in 2016 included increases of
$58.8 million in deposits, $55.0 million in other short-term borrowings and $44.0 million in proceeds from the issuance of senior notes.
Significant cash outflows from financing activities in 2016 include the repayments for $45.5 million of subordinated debt and senior
note and $8.4 million in the reductions of securities sold under repurchase agreements. Significant cash inflows from financing
activities in 2015 included increases of $74.0 million in deposits and $13.0 million in securities sold under repurchase agreements.
Significant cash outflows from financing activities in 2015 include the Series B Stock redemption of $47.3 million, $30.0 million in the
reductions of other short-term borrowing and $2.4 million in dividends paid on the Series B Stock.
Contractual Obligations, Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Off-balance sheet arrangements
The Company has various financial obligations that may require future cash payments. The following table presents, as of
December 31, 2016, significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations (all dollars in thousands) to third parties by payment
date:
Deposits without a stated maturity
Certificates of deposit
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
Other short-term borrowings
Junior subordinated debentures
Senior notes
Purchase obligations
Automatic teller machine leases
Operating leases
Nonqualified voluntary deferred compensation plan
Total
Within
One Year
$ 1,464,537
208,154
25,715
70,000
-
-
1,832
42
308
79
$ 1,770,667
One to
Three to
Three Years Five Years Five Years
Over
$
$
-
126,726
-
-
-
-
824
34
304
111
127,999
$
$
-
67,368
-
-
-
-
31
5
-
727
68,131
$
-
-
-
-
57,591
43,998
-
-
-
811
$ 102,400
Total
$ 1,464,537
402,248
25,715
70,000
57,591
43,998
2,687
81
612
1,728
$ 2,069,197
Purchase obligations represent obligations under agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding on
the Company and that specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable
price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. The purchase obligation amounts presented above primarily relate to
certain contractual payments for services provided for information technology, capital expenditures, and the outsourcing of certain
operational activities. The Company routinely enters into contracts for services. These contracts may require payment for services to
be provided in the future and may also contain penalty clauses for early termination. In this disclosure, the Company has made an
effort to estimate such payments, where applicable. Additionally, where necessary, all data reflects reasonable management estimates
as to certain purchase obligations as of December 31, 2016. Management has used the information available to make the estimations
necessary to value the related purchase obligations.
Derivative contracts, which include contracts under which the Company either receives cash from, or pays cash to, counterparties
reflecting changes in interest rates are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet as disclosed in Note 20 of the Notes to the
43
Consolidated Financial Statements provided in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”. Because the fair value
of derivative contracts changes daily as market interest rates change, the derivative assets and liabilities recorded on the balance sheet at
December 31, 2016, do not necessarily represent the amounts that may ultimately be paid. As a result, these assets and liabilities are
not included in the table of contractual obligations presented above.
Assets under management and assets under custody are held in fiduciary or custodial capacity for clients. In accordance with GAAP,
these assets are not included on the Company’s balance sheet.
Financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk address the financing needs of our clients. These instruments include commitments to
extend credit as well as performance, standby and commercial letters of credit. Further discussion of these commitments is included in
Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements provided in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
The following table details the amounts and expected maturities of significant commitments to extend credit as of December 31, 2016:
Commitment to extend credit:
Commercial secured by real estate
Revolving open end residential
Other
Financial standby letters of credit (borrowers)
Performance standby letters of credit (borrowers)
Commercial letters of credit (borrowers)
Performance standby letters of credit (others)
Total
Within
One Year
One to
Three Years Five Years Five Years
Three to Over
Total
$
$
14,759
8,110
141,062
3,707
8,542
126
524
176,830
$
$
24,465
29,222
33,990
467
40
-
95
88,279
$
$
8,904
9,567
9,595
10
-
-
-
28,076
$
$
4,960
53,613
1,738
-
-
-
-
60,311
$
$
53,088
100,512
186,385
4,184
8,582
126
619
353,496
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Interest rate risk
As part of its normal operations, the Company is subject to interest-rate risk on the assets it invests in (primarily loans and securities)
and the liabilities it funds (primarily customer deposits and borrowed funds), as well as its ability to manage such risk. Fluctuations in
interest rates may result in changes in the fair market values of the Company’s financial instruments, cash flows, and net interest
income. Like most financial institutions, the Company has an exposure to changes in both short-term and long-term interest rates.
In December 2016, the Federal Reserve raised short-term interest rates by 0.25%. Although a great deal of domestic and international
economic uncertainty remains, there is some market expectation that the Federal Reserve may move short-term interest rates higher
throughout 2017. Generally, the Federal Reserve action has not had a significant impact on long-term rates. The Company manages
interest rate risk within guidelines established by policy which limits the amount of rate exposure. In practice, interest rate risk
exposure is maintained well within those guidelines and does not pose a material risk to the future earnings of the Company.
The Company manages various market risks in its normal course of operations, including credit, liquidity risk, and interest-rate risk.
Other types of market risk, such as foreign currency exchange risk and commodity price risk, do not arise in the normal course of the
Company’s business activities and operations. In addition, since the Company does not hold a trading portfolio, it is not exposed to
significant market risk from trading activities. The Company’s interest rate risk exposures at December 31, 2016, and
December 31, 2015, are outlined in the table below.
The Company's net income can be significantly influenced by a variety of external factors, including: overall economic conditions,
policies and actions of regulatory authorities, the amounts of and rates at which assets and liabilities reprice, variances in prepayment of
loans and securities other than those that are assumed, early withdrawal of deposits, exercise of call options on borrowings or securities,
competition, a general rise or decline in interest rates, changes in the slope of the yield-curve, changes in historical relationships
between indices (such as LIBOR and prime), and balance sheet growth or contraction. The Company's ALCO seeks to manage interest
rate risk under a variety of rate environments by structuring the Company's balance sheet and off-balance sheet positions, which
includes interest rate swap derivatives as discussed in Note 20 of the financial statements included in this annual report. The risk is
monitored and managed within approved policy limits.
The Company utilizes simulation analysis to quantify the impact of various rate scenarios on net interest income. Specific cash flows,
repricing characteristics, and embedded options of the assets and liabilities held by the Company are incorporated into the simulation
model. Earnings at risk is calculated by comparing the net interest income of a stable interest rate environment to the net interest
income of a different interest rate environment in order to determine the percentage change. Significant declines in interest rates that
occurred during the first half of 2012 had made it impossible to calculate valid interest rate scenarios for rate declines of 2.0% or more,
a situation that continues to date. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had modest amounts of earnings gains (in both dollars and
percentage) should interest rates rise. The gains in the rising rate scenarios as of December 2016 were slightly higher compared to
44
December 2015. While levels of earnings increases due to a rising rate environment have increased through much of 2016, it declined
significantly in the fourth quarter due to the Talmer branch acquisition. That transaction was largely funded by sales of securities,
which were replaced by a significant amount of fixed-rate loans that were acquired with the branch. The net effect was little change in
the rising rate gain over the course of the year. Management considers the current level of interest rate risk to be moderate, but intends
to continue closely monitoring changes in that risk in case corrective actions might be needed in the future. Federal Funds rates and the
Bank's prime rate rose 0.25% in December of 2016, to 0.75% and 3.75%, respectively.
The following table summarizes the effect on annual income before income taxes based upon an immediate increase or decrease in
interest rates of 0.5%, 1%, and 2% and no change in the slope of the yield curve. The -2% and -1% sections of the table do not show
model changes for those magnitudes of decrease due to the low interest rate environment over the relevant time periods. However, the
recent interest rate increase has made calculation of the -1% scenario possible as of December 2016.
December 31, 2016
Dollar change
Percent change
December 31, 2015
Dollar change
Percent change
Analysis of Net Interest Income Sensitivity
(2.0) %
(1.0) %
(0.5) %
0.5 %
1.0 %
2.0 %
Immediate Changes in Rates
N/A $
N/A
(4,404)
$
(2,141)
$ 1,145
$ 2,406
$ 4,866
(6.6) %
(3.2) %
1.7 %
3.6 %
7.3 %
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
$
(2,336)
$ 1,040
$ 2,227
$ 4,434
(4.1) %
1.8 %
3.9 %
7.8 %
The amounts and assumptions used in the simulation model should not be viewed as indicative of expected actual results. Actual
results will differ from simulated results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market
conditions and management strategies. The above results do not take into account any management action to mitigate potential risk.
Effects of Inflation
In management’s opinion, changes in interest rates affect the financial condition of a financial institution to a far greater degree than
changes in the inflation rate. While interest rates are greatly influenced by changes in the inflation rate, they do not change at the same
rate or in the same magnitude as the inflation rate. Rather, interest rate volatility is based on changes in the expected rate of inflation,
as well as on changes in monetary and fiscal policies. A financial institution’s ability to be relatively unaffected by changes in interest
rates is a good indicator of its capability to perform in today’s volatile economic environment. The Company seeks to insulate itself
from interest rate volatility by using its best efforts to ensure that rate sensitive assets and rate sensitive liabilities respond to changes in
interest rates in a similar time frame and to a similar degree.
45
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2016 and 2015
(In thousands, except share data)
Assets
Cash and due from banks
Interest bearing deposits with financial institutions
Cash and cash equivalents
Securities available-for-sale, at fair value
Securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost
FHLBC and FRBC stock
Loans held-for-sale
Loans
Less: allowance for loan losses
Net loans
Premises and equipment, net
Other real estate owned
Mortgage servicing rights, net
Goodwill and core deposit intangible
Bank-owned life insurance (BOLI)
Deferred tax assets, net
Other assets
Total assets
Liabilities
Deposits:
Noninterest bearing demand
Interest bearing:
Savings, NOW, and money market
Time
Total deposits
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
Other short-term borrowings
Junior subordinated debentures
Senior notes
Subordinated debt
Notes payable and other borrowings
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Stockholders’ Equity
Common stock
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Treasury stock
Total stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Par value
Shares authorized
Shares issued
Shares outstanding
Treasury shares
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
46
December 31,
December 31,
2016
2015
$
$
33,805
13,529
47,334
531,838
-
7,918
4,918
1,478,809
16,158
1,462,651
38,977
11,916
6,489
9,018
60,332
53,464
16,333
2,251,188
$
$
26,975
13,363
40,338
456,066
247,746
8,518
2,849
1,133,715
16,223
1,117,492
39,612
19,141
5,847
-
59,049
64,552
15,818
2,077,028
$
513,688
$
442,639
950,849
402,248
1,866,785
25,715
70,000
57,591
43,998
-
-
11,889
2,075,978
34,534
116,653
129,005
(8,762)
(96,220)
175,210
2,251,188
$
908,598
407,849
1,759,086
34,070
15,000
57,543
-
45,000
500
9,900
1,921,099
34,427
115,918
114,209
(12,659)
(95,966)
155,929
2,077,028
$
December 31, 2016
Common
Stock
December 31, 2015
Common
Stock
$
$
1
60,000,000
34,534,234
29,556,216
4,978,018
1
60,000,000
34,427,234
29,483,429
4,943,805
Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Income
Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014
(In thousands, except share data)
Year Ended December 31,
2015
2016
2014
$
56,019 $
151
53,035 $
189
15,865
842
333
169
73,379
789
3,640
106
4,334
112
949
8
9,938
63,441
750
62,691
5,670
6,684
1,038
(919)
1,724
6,343
(2,213)
1,283
-
4,027
(1)
4,938
28,574
36,234
4,612
4,447
865
1,109
16
1,633
1,455
800
2,743
12,847
66,761
24,504
8,820
15,684 $
-
-
-
15,684 $
14,037
542
306
55
68,164
734
3,201
33
4,287
-
814
7
9,076
59,088
(4,400)
63,488
5,953
6,820
907
(1,141)
1,628
5,775
(178)
1,277
115
4,028
(1,119)
5,229
29,294
35,061
4,749
4,430
1,334
1,273
-
1,340
1,514
1,175
5,191
12,354
68,421
24,361
8,976
15,385 $
1,873
-
-
13,512 $
0.53 $
0.53
0.46 $
0.46
$
$
$
52,926
133
14,131
472
309
73
68,044
738
4,500
19
4,919
-
792
16
10,984
57,060
(3,300)
60,360
6,198
7,079
621
(1,214)
1,423
3,594
1,719
1,453
-
3,806
(121)
4,658
29,216
36,167
4,963
3,972
2,170
1,561
1,177
1,278
1,631
1,333
6,917
12,510
73,679
15,897
5,761
10,136
5,062
(5,433)
(1,348)
11,855
0.46
0.46
Interest and dividend income
Loans, including fees
Loans held-for-sale
Securities:
Taxable
Tax exempt
Dividends from FHLBC and FRBC stock
Interest bearing deposits with financial institutions
Total interest and dividend income
Interest expense
Savings, NOW, and money market deposits
Time deposits
Other short-term borrowings
Junior subordinated debentures
Senior notes
Subordinated debt
Notes payable and other borrowings
Total interest expense
Net interest and dividend income
Loan loss reserve (release)
Net interest and dividend income after reserve (release) for loan losses
Noninterest income
Trust income
Service charges on deposits
Secondary mortgage fees
Mortgage servicing rights mark to market loss
Mortgage servicing income
Net gain on sales of mortgage loans
Securities (loss) gain, net
Increase in cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance
Death benefit realized on bank-owned life insurance
Debit card interchange income
Loss on disposal and transfer of fixed assets, net
Other income
Total noninterest income
Noninterest expense
Salaries and employee benefits
Occupancy expense, net
Furniture and equipment expense
FDIC insurance
General bank insurance
Amortization of core deposit intangible
Advertising expense
Debit card interchange expense
Legal fees
Other real estate expense, net
Other expense
Total noninterest expense
Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Net income
Preferred stock dividends and accretion of discount
Dividends waived upon preferred stock redemption
Gain on preferred stock redemption
Net income available to common stockholders
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
47
Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014
(In thousands)
Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
2016
Net Income
$ 15,684 $ 15,385 $ 10,136
Unrealized holding losses on available-for-sale securities arising during the period
Related tax benefit
Holding losses after tax on available-for-sale securities
(1,155)
445
(710)
(8,624)
3,382
(5,242)
(394)
165
(229)
Less: Reclassification adjustment for the net (losses) gains realized during the period
Net realized (losses) gains
Income tax benefit (expense) on net realized (losses) gains
Net realized (losses) gains after tax
Other comprehensive income (loss) on available-for-sale securities
Accretion and reversal of net unrealized holding gains on held-to-maturity securities
Related tax expense
Other comprehensive income on held-to-maturity securities
Changes in fair value of derivatives used for cashflow hedges
Related tax benefit
Other comprehensive loss on cashflow hedges
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
Total comprehensive income
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
(2,213)
882
(1,331)
621
5,939
(2,446)
3,493
(363)
146
(217)
(178)
71
(107)
(5,135)
964
(396)
568
(631)
252
(379)
1,719
(704)
1,015
(1,244)
968
(399)
569
-
-
-
3,897
(4,946)
$ 19,581 $ 10,439 $
(675)
9,461
48
Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014
(In thousands)
Year Ended December 31,
2015
2016
2014
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
$
15,684
$
15,385 $
10,136
Depreciation and amortization of leasehold improvement
Change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights
Loan loss reserve (release)
Provision for deferred tax expense
Originations of loans held-for-sale
Proceeds from sales of loans held-for-sale
Net gain on sales of mortgage loans
Net discount accretion of purchase accounting adjustment on loans
Change in current income taxes receivable
Increase in cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance
Death claim on bank-owned life insurance
Change in accrued interest receivable and other assets
Change in accrued interest payable and other liabilities
Net discount (accretion)/premium amortization on securities
Securities losses (gains), net
Amortization of core deposit
Amortization of junior subordinated debentures issuance costs
Amortization of senior notes issuance costs
Stock based compensation
Net gain on sale of other real estate owned
Provision for other real estate owned losses
Net loss (gain) on disposal of fixed assets
Loss on transfer of premises to other real estate owned
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Proceeds from maturities and calls including pay down of securities available-for-sale
Proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale
Purchases of securities available-for-sale
Proceeds from maturities and calls including pay down of securities held-to-maturity
Purchases of securities held-to-maturity
Net proceeds from sales/purchases of FHLBC stock
Net change in loans
Improvements in other real estate owned
Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned
Proceeds from disposition of premises and equipment
Net purchases of premises and equipment
Cash paid for acquisition, net of cash and cash equivalent retained
Net cash used in investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Net change in deposits
Net change in securities sold under repurchase agreements
Net change in other short-term borrowings
Redemption of preferred stock
Proceeds from the issuance of common stock
Proceeds from the issuance of senior notes
Repayment of subordinate debt
Repayment of note payable
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
Dividends paid on preferred stock
Dividends paid on common stock
Purchase of treasury stock
Net cash provided by financing activities
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
49
2,288
919
750
8,421
(194,901)
197,654
(6,343)
(605)
260
(1,283)
-
(53)
967
(638)
2,213
16
48
4
657
(374)
1,570
1
-
27,255
78,305
306,400
(210,681)
3,372
-
600
(125,539)
(16)
7,830
-
(1,986)
(181,357)
(123,072)
58,805
(8,355)
55,000
-
-
43,994
(45,000)
(500)
11
-
(888)
(254)
102,813
6,996
40,338
47,334
$
2,386
1,141
(4,400)
8,756
(190,041)
196,431
(5,775)
-
100
(1,277)
273
(4,213)
(2,668)
79
178
-
47
-
613
(1,073)
4,076
(20)
1,139
21,137
46,230
70,176
(196,082)
13,281
-
540
16,073
-
18,836
30
(1,280)
-
(32,196)
2,485
1,214
(3,300)
5,563
(122,996)
124,458
(3,594)
-
86
(1,453)
-
(573)
(20,001)
(1,824)
(1,719)
1,177
48
-
295
(989)
4,559
-
121
(6,307)
16,520
296,013
(325,020)
9,703
(11,212)
1,234
(74,338)
(794)
22,857
1
(1,097)
-
(66,133)
74,031
13,034
(30,000)
(47,331)
-
-
-
-
-
(2,417)
-
(117)
7,200
(3,859)
44,197
40,338 $
2,927
(1,524)
40,000
(24,321)
64,331
-
-
-
-
(12,390)
-
(46)
68,977
(3,463)
47,660
44,197
$
Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - Continued
(In thousands)
Year Ended December 31,
2015
2016
2014
$
211 $
118 $
4,275
5,330
1,223
562
244,823
-
-
3,958
5,142
8,530
468
-
(544)
-
40
5,533
22,708
13,918
2,160
-
(9,112)
58
Supplemental cash flow information
Income taxes paid, net
Interest paid for deposits
Interest paid for borrowings
Non-cash transfer of loans to other real estate owned
Non-cash transfer of premises to other real estate owned
Non-cash transfer of securities held-to-maturity to securities available-for-sale
Change in preferred stock dividends accrued and declared but not paid
Accretion on preferred stock discount
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
50
Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Changes in
Stockholders’ Equity
(In thousands)
Additional
Accumulated
Other
Total
Stockholders’
Equity
Common Preferred Paid-In
Stock
Capital
$ 18,830 $ 72,942 $
Stock
Retained
Earnings
66,212 $ 92,549 $
Comprehensive Treasury
Loss
Stock
(7,038) $ (95,803) $
10,136
(675)
10
(10)
29
295
15,525
(25,669)
58
48,806
1,348
(3,336)
(46)
$ 34,365 $ 47,331 $ 115,332 $ 100,697 $
(7,713) $ (95,849) $
$ 34,365 $ 47,331 $ 115,332 $ 100,697 $
(7,713) $ (95,849) $
15,385
(4,946)
62
(62)
35
613
(47,331)
(1,873)
(117)
$ 34,427 $
- $ 115,918 $ 114,209 $
(12,659) $ (95,966) $
$ 34,427 $
- $ 115,918 $ 114,209 $
(12,659) $ (95,966) $
15,684
(888)
3,897
106
1
(106)
174
10
657
-
(254)
$ 34,534 $
- $ 116,653 $ 129,005 $
(8,762) $ (96,220) $
147,692
10,136
(675)
-
29
295
(46)
(24,321)
64,331
(3,278)
194,163
194,163
15,385
(4,946)
-
35
613
(117)
(47,331)
(1,873)
155,929
155,929
15,684
3,897
(888)
-
174
11
657
(254)
175,210
Balance, December 31, 2013
Net Income
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
Change in restricted stock
Recapture of restricted stock
Stock based compensation
Purchase of treasury stock
Redemption of preferred stock
Common stock offering
Preferred stock accretion and declared dividends
Balance, December 31, 2014
Balance, December 31, 2014
Net income
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
Change in restricted stock
Tax effect from vesting of restricted stock
Stock based compensation
Purchase of treasury stock
Redemption of preferred stock
Preferred stock accretion and declared dividends
Balance, December 31, 2015
Balance, December 31, 2015
Net income
Other comprehensive gain, net of tax
Dividends declared and paid
Change in restricted stock
Tax effect from vesting of restricted stock
Stock option exercised
Stock based compensation
Purchase of treasury stock
Balance, December 31, 2016
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
51
Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014
(Table amounts in thousands, except per share data)
Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
The Company uses the accrual basis of accounting for financial reporting purposes. Certain amounts in prior year financial statements
have been reclassified to conform to the 2016 presentation.
Use of Estimates – The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
(“GAAP”) and following general practices within the banking industry requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Although these estimates and
assumptions are based on the best available information, actual results could differ from those estimates.
Principles of Consolidation – The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts and results of operations of
the Company and its subsidiaries after elimination of all significant intercompany accounts and transactions. Assets held in a fiduciary
or agency capacity are not assets of the Company or its subsidiaries and are not included in the consolidated financial statements.
Segment Reporting – An operating segment is a component of a business entity that engages in business activity from which it may
earn revenues and/or incur expenses. It has operating results that are reviewed regularly by the entity’s chief operating decision maker
in order to make decisions about resource allocation and performance assessment, and the segment has discrete financial information
available for this assessment. As of December 31, 2016, the Company has one operating segment, which is community banking.
Therefore, segment reporting is not required.
Cash and Cash Equivalents – For purposes of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, management has defined cash and cash
equivalents to include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in other banks, and other short-term investments, such as
federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell.
Securities – Securities are classified as available-for-sale or held-to-maturity at the time of purchase or transfer.
Securities that are classified as available-for-sale are carried at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses, net of related deferred income
taxes, are recorded in stockholders’ equity as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss.
Securities held-to-maturity are carried at amortized cost and the discount or premium created at acquisition or in the transfer from
available-for-sale is accreted or amortized to the maturity or expected payoff date but not an earlier call.
The historical cost of debt securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts over the estimated life of the
security, using the level yield method. Amortization of premium and accretion of discount are included in interest income from the
related security.
Purchases and sales of securities are recognized on a trade date basis. Realized securities gains or losses are reported in securities gains
(losses), net, in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. On a
quarterly basis, the Company makes an assessment (at the individual security level) to determine whether there have been any events or
circumstances indicating that a security with an unrealized loss is other-than-temporarily impaired (“OTTI”). In evaluating OTTI, the
Company considers many factors, including the severity and duration of the impairment; the financial condition and near-term
prospects of the issuer, which for debt securities considers external credit ratings and recent downgrades; its ability and intent to hold
the security for a period of time sufficient for a recovery in value; and the likelihood that it will be required to sell the security before a
recovery in value, which may be at maturity. The amount of the impairment related to other factors is recognized in other
comprehensive income (loss) unless management intends to sell the security or believes it is more likely than not that it will be required
to sell the security prior to full recovery.
Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank Stock – The Company owns the stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of
Chicago (“FHLBC”) and the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago (“FRBC”). Both of these entities require the Bank to invest in their
nonmarketable stock as a condition of membership. The FHLBC is a governmental sponsored entity. The Bank continues to utilize the
various products and services of the FHLBC and management considers this stock to be a long-term investment. FHLBC members are
required to own a certain amount of stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors, and may invest in additional amounts.
FHLBC stock is carried at cost, classified as a restricted security, and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery
of par value. The Company’s ability to redeem the shares owned is dependent on the redemption practices of the FHLBC. The
52
Company records dividends in income on the ex-dividend date. FRBC stock is redeemable at par, and therefore market value equals
cost.
Loans Held-for-Sale – The Bank originates residential mortgage loans, which consist of loan products eligible for sale to the
secondary market. Residential mortgage loans eligible for sale in the secondary market are carried at fair market value. The fair value
of loans held-for-sale is determined using quoted secondary market prices on similar loans.
Loans – Loans held-for-investment are carried at the principal amount outstanding, including certain net deferred loan origination fees
and costs. Acquired loans were assessed for credit impairment upon acquisition. As no impairment was noted, the loans are carried at
the purchased amount, less any purchase accounting discount recorded to mark the loans to fair value. Interest income on loans is
accrued based on principal amounts outstanding. Loan and lease origination fees, commitment fees, and certain direct loan origination
costs are deferred, and the net amount is amortized over the life of the related loans or commitments as a yield adjustment. The
acquisition adjustment discount related to purchased loans is amortized into interest income over the contractual life of each loan, or is
taken into income immediately upon payoff or renewal of the loan. Fees related to standby letters of credit, whose ultimate exercise is
remote, are amortized into fee income over the estimated life of the commitment. Other credit-related fees are recognized as fee
income when earned.
Concentration of Credit Risk – Most of the Company’s business activity is with customers located within Kane, Kendall, DeKalb,
DuPage, LaSalle, Will and Cook counties in Illinois. These banking centers surround or are within the Chicago metropolitan area.
Therefore, the Company’s exposure to credit risk is significantly affected by changes in the economy in that market area since the Bank
generally makes loans within its market. There are no significant concentrations of loans where the customers’ ability to honor loan
terms is dependent upon a single economic sector.
Commercial Loans – Such credits typically comprise working capital loans, loans for physical asset expansion, asset acquisition loans
and other commercial and industrial business loans. Loans to closely held businesses will generally be guaranteed in full or for a
meaningful amount by the businesses’ major owners. Commercial loans are made based primarily on the historical and projected cash
flow of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. The cash flows of borrowers, however,
may not behave as forecasted and collateral securing loans may fluctuate in value due to economic or individual performance
factors. Minimum standards and underwriting guidelines have been established for all commercial loan types.
Real Estate - Commercial Loans – Real estate - commercial loans are subject to underwriting standards and processes similar to
commercial and industrial loans. These are loans secured by mortgages on real estate collateral. Commercial real estate loans are
viewed primarily as cash flow loans and the repayment of these loans is largely dependent on the successful operation of the
property. Loan performance may be adversely affected by factors impacting the general economy or conditions specific to the real
estate market such as geographic location and/or property type.
Real Estate - Construction Loans – The Company defines real estate - construction loans as loans where the loan proceeds are
controlled by the Company and used exclusively for the improvement or development of real estate in which the Company holds a
mortgage. Due to the inherent risk in this type of loan, they are subject to other industry specific policy guidelines outlined in the
Company’s Credit Risk Policy and are monitored closely.
Real Estate - Residential Loans – These are loans that are extended to purchase or refinance 1 – 4 family residential dwellings, or to
purchase or refinance vacant lots intended for the construction of a 1 – 4 family home. Residential real estate loans are considered
homogenous in nature. Homes may be the primary or secondary residence of the borrower or may be investment properties of the
borrower.
Consumer Loans – Consumer loans include loans extended primarily for consumer and household purposes although they may
include very small business loans for the purchase of vehicles and equipment to a single-owner enterprise and could include business
purpose lines of credit if made under the terms of a small business product whose features and underwriting criteria are specified in
advance by the Loan Committee. These also include overdrafts and other items not captured by the definitions above.
Lease Financing Receivables – Lease financing receivables are subject to underwriting standards and processes similar to commercial
loans. These loans are often secured by equipment or transportation assets, and are made based primarily on the historical and
projected cash flow of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. The cash flows of
borrowers, however, may not behave as forecasted and collateral securing loans may fluctuate in value due to economic or individual
performance factors.
Nonaccrual loans – Generally, commercial and consumer loans, as well as loans secured by real estate are placed on nonaccrual status
(i) when either principal or interest payments become 90 days or more past due based on contractual terms unless the loan is
sufficiently collateralized such that full repayment of both principal and interest is expected and is in the process of collection within a
reasonable period or (ii) when an individual analysis of a borrower’s creditworthiness indicates a credit should be placed on nonaccrual
status whether or not the loan is 90 days or more past due. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, unpaid interest credited to
income is reversed. Generally, after the loan is placed on nonaccrual, all debt service payments are applied to the principal on the loan.
53
Nonaccrual loans are returned to accrual status when the financial position of the borrower and other relevant factors indicate there is
no longer doubt that the Company will collect all principal and interest due.
Commercial, consumer and real estate loans are generally charged-off when deemed uncollectible. A loss is recorded at that time if the
net realizable value can be quantified and it is less than the associated principal outstanding.
Troubled Debt Restructurings (“TDRs”) – A restructuring of debt is considered a TDR when (i) the borrower is experiencing
financial difficulties and (ii) the creditor grants a concession, such as forgiveness of principal, reduction of the interest rate, changes in
payments, or extension of the maturity, that it would not otherwise consider. Loans are not classified as TDRs when the modification is
short-term or results in only an insignificant delay or shortfall in the payments to be received. The Company’s TDRs are determined on
a case-by-case basis in connection with ongoing loan collection processes.
The Company does not accrue interest on any TDRs unless it believes collection of all principal and interest under the modified terms
is reasonably assured. For TDRs to accrue interest, the borrower must demonstrate both some level of past performance and the
capacity to perform under the modified terms. Generally, six months of consecutive payment performance by the borrower under the
restructured terms is required before TDRs are returned to accrual status. However, the period could vary depending on the individual
facts and circumstances of the loan. An evaluation of the borrower’s current creditworthiness is used to assess whether the borrower
has the capacity to repay the loan under the modified terms. This evaluation includes an estimate of expected cash flows, evidence of
strong financial position, and estimates of the value of collateral, if applicable.
Impaired Loans – Impaired loans consist of nonaccrual loans and TDRs (both accruing and on nonaccrual). A loan is considered
impaired when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all contractual principal and interest due according to the terms
of the loan agreement based on current information and events. With the exception of TDRs still accruing interest, loans deemed to be
impaired are classified as nonaccrual and are exclusive of smaller homogeneous loans, such as home equity, 1-4 family mortgages, and
consumer loans.
90-Days or Greater Past Due Loans – 90-days or greater past due loans are loans with principal or interest payments three months or
more past due, but that still accrue interest. The Company continues to accrue interest if it determines these loans are sufficiently
collateralized and the process of collection will conclude within a reasonable time period.
Allowance for Loan Losses – The allowance for loan losses is calculated according to GAAP standards and is maintained by
management at a level believed adequate to absorb estimated losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio. Determination of the
allowance for loan losses is inherently subjective since it requires significant estimates and management judgment, including the
amounts and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, estimated losses on pools of homogeneous loans based on a
migration analysis that uses historical loss experience, consideration of current economic trends, portfolio growth and concentration
risk, management and staffing changes, and other credit market factors.
Loans deemed to be uncollectible are charged-off against the allowance for loan losses while recoveries of amounts previously
charged-off are credited to the allowance for loan losses. Approved releases from previously established loan loss reserves authorized
under our allowance methodology also reduce the allowance for loan losses. Additions to the allowance for loan losses are established
through the provision for loan losses charged to expense. The amount charged to operating expense depends on a number of factors,
including historic loan growth, changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, net charge-off levels, and the Company’s assessment
of the allowance for loan losses based on the methodology discussed below. The Company implemented certain methodology changes
in 2016 to more effectively stratify the loan portfolio and apply unique factors to each segment. One methodology change
implemented segregates the total loan portfolio into further detail, moving from seven loan classifications to nine when applying
management risk factors, and from four loan classifications to nine when applying historical loss rates. A second methodology change
in 2016 enhanced the prior process of applying management risk factors for changes in loans portfolio trends, such as factors for
changes in the trend or volume of past due and classified loans, changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio and concentrations,
changes in lending policy, procedures, management and staffing, and other external factors. These factors were analyzed in the
aggregate in prior years, to arrive at one risk factor per loan classification. The new methodology assigns each of these components its
own risk factor, as well as encompasses an additional risk rating for loans rated as pass/watch. This process more accurately reflects all
portfolio risk, and resulted in a decrease to the overall unallocated component of the allowance of approximately $1.1 million, as more
precise calculations are now performed for each portfolio classification. All calculations conform to U. S. generally accepted
accounting principles.
The allowance for loan losses methodology consists of (i) specific reserves established for probable losses on individual loans for
which the recorded investment in the loan exceeds the present value of expected future cash flows or the net realizable value of the
underlying collateral, if collateral dependent, (ii) an allowance based on a loss migration analysis that uses historical credit loss
experience for each loan category, and (iii) the impact of other internal and external qualitative and credit market factors as assessed by
management through detailed loan review, allowance analysis and credit discussions.
54
The establishment of the allowance for loan losses involves a high degree of judgment and includes a level of imprecision given the
difficulty of identifying and assessing the factors impacting loan repayment and estimating the timing and amount of losses. While
management utilizes its best judgment and information available, the ultimate adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is dependent
upon a variety of factors beyond the Company’s direct control, including the performance of its loan portfolio, the economy, changes in
interest rates and property values, and the interpretation of loan risk classifications by regulatory authorities. While each component of
the allowance for loan losses is determined separately, the entire balance is available for the entire loan portfolio.
Premises and Equipment – Premises, furniture, equipment, and leasehold improvements are stated at cost less accumulated
depreciation and amortization. Depreciation expense is determined by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the life of the asset or the lease term
including anticipated renewals. Rates of depreciation are generally based on the following useful lives: buildings, 25 to 40 years;
building improvements, 3 to 15 years or longer under limited circumstances; and furniture and equipment, 3 to 10 years. Gains and
losses on dispositions are included in other noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Maintenance and repairs are
charged to operating expenses as incurred, while improvements that conform to definitions of tangible property improvements are
capitalized and depreciated over the estimated remaining life.
Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”) – Real estate assets acquired in settlement of loans are recorded at the fair value of the property
when acquired, less estimated costs to sell, establishing a new cost basis. Any deficiency between the net book value and fair value at
the foreclosure or deed in lieu date is charged to the allowance for loan losses. If fair value declines after acquisition, an OREO
valuation allowance is established for the decrease between the recorded value and the updated fair value less costs to sell. Such
declines are included in other noninterest expense. A subsequent reversal of an OREO valuation adjustment can occur, but the resultant
carrying value cannot exceed the cost basis established at transfer of the loan to OREO. Operating costs after acquisition are also
expensed.
Mortgage Servicing Rights – The Bank is also involved in the business of servicing mortgage loans. Servicing activities include
collecting principal, interest, and escrow payments from borrowers, making tax and insurance payments on behalf of the borrowers,
monitoring delinquencies, executing foreclosure proceedings, and accounting for and remitting principal and interest payments to the
investors. Mortgage servicing rights represent the right to a stream of cash flows and an obligation to perform specified residential
mortgage servicing activities.
Mortgage loans that the Company is servicing for others aggregated to $668.2 million and $638.2 million at December 31, 2016, and
2015, respectively. Mortgage loans that the Company is servicing for others are not included in the consolidated balance sheets. Fees
received in connection with servicing loans for others are recognized as earned. Loan servicing costs are charged to expense as
incurred.
Servicing rights are recognized separately as assets when they are acquired through sales of loans and servicing rights are retained.
Servicing rights are initially recorded at fair value with the effect recorded in net gains on sales of mortgage loans on the Consolidated
Statements of Income. Fair value is based on market prices for comparable mortgage servicing contracts, when available, or
alternatively, is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The valuation
model incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, such as the cost to
service, the discount rate, the custodial earnings rate, an inflation rate, ancillary income, prepayment speeds and default rates and
losses.
Servicing fee income, which is included on the Consolidated Statements of Income as mortgage servicing income, is recorded for fees
earned for servicing loans. The fees are based on a contractual percentage of the outstanding principal or a fixed amount per loan and
are recorded as income when earned.
Under the fair value measurement method, the Company measures mortgage servicing rights at fair value at each reporting date, reports
changes in fair value of servicing assets in earnings in the period in which the changes occur, and includes these changes in mortgage
servicing rights mark to market on the Consolidated Statements of Income. The fair values of mortgage servicing rights are subject to
significant fluctuations as a result of changes in estimated and actual prepayment speeds and default rates and losses.
Bank-Owned Life Insurance (“BOLI”) – BOLI represents life insurance policies on the lives of certain Company employees (both
current and former) for which the Company is the sole owner and beneficiary. These policies are recorded as an asset on the
Consolidated Balance Sheets at their cash surrender value (“CSV”) or the amount that could be realized. The change in CSV and
insurance proceeds received are recorded as an increase in cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance in the Consolidated
Statements of Income in noninterest income.
Goodwill and Core Deposit Intangible – Goodwill is the excess of an acquisition’s purchase price over the fair value of identified net
assets acquired in an acquisition. Goodwill is not deemed to have definitive life span, and therefore is not amortized, but is subject to
annual review for impairment. The core deposit intangible (“CDI”) is being amortized on an accelerated method over a ten year
estimated useful life.
55
Loss Contingencies – Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as
liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management does not
believe there are such matters that will have a material effect on the financial statements.
Wealth Management – Assets held in a fiduciary or agency capacity for customers are not included in the consolidated financial
statements as they are not assets of the Company or its subsidiaries. Fee income is included as a component of noninterest income in
the Consolidated Statements of Income.
Advertising Costs – All advertising costs incurred by the Company are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.
Long-term Incentive Plan – Compensation cost is recognized for stock options and restricted stock awards issued to employees based
upon the fair value of the awards at the date of grant. A binomial model is utilized to estimate the fair value of stock options, which
utilizes assumptions for expected volatilities based on the previous five-year historical volatilities of the Company's common stock.
Historical data is used to estimate option exercise rates and post-vesting termination behavior, and the risk-free interest rate for the
expected term of the option is based on the Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The market price of the Company’s
common stock at the date of grant is used for restricted stock awards, which include restricted stock units. Compensation cost is
recognized over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period. Once the award is settled, the Company would
determine whether the cumulative tax deduction exceeded the cumulative compensation cost recognized in the Consolidated Statement
of Income. The cumulative tax deduction would include both the deductions from the dividends and the deduction from the exercise or
vesting of the award. If the tax benefit received from the cumulative deductions exceeds the tax effect of the recognized cumulative
compensation cost, the excess would be recognized as an increase to additional paid-in capital.
Income Taxes – The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and in the states of Illinois, Indiana and
Wisconsin. The provision for income taxes is based on income in the consolidated financial statements, rather than amounts reported
on the Company’s income tax return. Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change
in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Any change in tax rates will be recorded in the period in which the law is enacted.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial
statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
measured using the enacted tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income in years in which those temporary differences are
expected to be recovered or settled.
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company evaluated tax positions taken for filing with the Internal Revenue Service and all state
jurisdictions in which it operates. The Company believes that income tax filing positions will be sustained under examination and does not
anticipate any adjustments that would result in a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or
cash flows. Accordingly, the Company has not recorded any reserves or related accruals for interest and penalties for uncertain tax
positions at December 31, 2016 and 2015. The Company is currently open to audit under the statute of limitations by the Internal Revenue
Service from 2013 to 2015, the state of Illinois from 2013 to 2015, and the states of Wisconsin and Indiana from 2009 to 2015.
Earnings Per Common Share (“EPS”) – Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income applicable to common stockholders by the
weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income applicable to
common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding plus the number of additional common shares that
would have been outstanding if the dilutive potential shares had been issued. The Company’s potential common shares represent shares
issuable under its long-term incentive compensation plans and under the common stock warrant issued to preferred stockholders. Such
common stock equivalents are computed based on the treasury stock method using the average market price for the period.
Treasury Stock – Treasury stock acquired is recorded at cost and is carried as a reduction of stockholders’ equity in the Consolidated
Balance Sheet. Treasury stock issued is valued based on the “last in, first out” inventory method. The difference between the
consideration received upon issuance and the carrying value is charged or credited to additional paid-in capital.
Mortgage Banking Derivatives – As part of ongoing residential mortgage business, the Company enters into mortgage banking
derivatives such as forward contracts and interest rate lock commitments. The derivatives and loans held-for-sale are carried at fair
value with the changes in fair value recorded in current earnings. The net gain or loss on mortgage banking derivatives is included in
gain on sale of loans.
Derivative Financial Instruments – The Company occasionally enters into derivative financial instruments as part of its interest rate
risk management strategies. These derivative financial instruments consist primarily of interest rate swaps; as of year end 2016, one
risk participation agreement was also held by the Company.
The Company records all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives
depends on the intended use of the derivative and whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative as a hedging relationship
56
and apply hedge accounting. A further consideration involves a determination on whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the
criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair
value of an asset, liability, or firm commitment attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk, are considered fair value
hedges. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with
the recognition of the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk in a fair value
hedge or the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge. The Company may enter into derivative
contracts that are intended to economically hedge certain risks, even though hedge accounting does not apply or the Company elects
not to apply hedge accounting.
If it is determined that the derivative instrument is not highly effective as a hedge, hedge accounting is discontinued, and the adjustment
to fair value of the derivative instrument is recorded in earnings. For a derivative used to hedge changes in cash flows associated with
forecasted transactions, the gain or loss on the effective portion of the derivative are deferred and reported as a component of
accumulated other comprehensive income, which is a component of stockholders’ equity, until such time the hedged transaction affects
earnings. For derivative instruments not accounted for as hedges, changes in fair value are recognized in noninterest income/expense.
Counterparty risk with correspondent banks is considered through loan covenant agreements and, as such, does not have a significant
impact on the fair value of the swaps. Deferred gains and losses from derivatives not accounted for as hedges and that are terminated
are amortized over the shorter of the original remaining term of the derivative or the remaining life of the underlying asset or liability.
Comprehensive Income – Comprehensive income is the total of reported earnings for all other revenues, expenses, gains, and losses that are
not reported in earnings under GAAP. The Company includes the following items, net of tax, in other comprehensive income in the
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income: (i) changes in unrealized gains or losses on securities available-for-sale, (ii) changes in
unrealized gains or losses on securities held-to-maturity established upon transfer from securities available-for-sale and (iii) the effective
portion of a derivative used to hedge cash flows.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements – The following is a summary of recent accounting pronouncements that have impacted or could
potentially affect the Company:
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09 "Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)." The core principle of the
guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that
reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods and services. In August 2015, the
FASB issued ASU 2015-14 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) Deferral of the Effective Date.” This accounting
standards update defers the effective date of ASU 2014-09 for an additional year. ASU 2015-14 will be effective for annual reporting
periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The amendments can be applied retrospectively to each prior reporting period or
retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying this update recognized at the date of initial application. Early application
is not permitted. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (TOPIC 606): Principal
versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net)” and in April 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-10 “Revenue from
Contracts with Customers (TOPIC 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing.” ASU 2016-08 requires the entity to
determine if it is acting as a principal with control over the goods or services it is contractually obligated to provide, or an agent with no
control over specified goods or services provided by another party to a customer. ASU 2016-10 was issued to further clarify ASU
2014-09 implementation regarding identifying performance obligation materiality, identification of key contract components, and
scope. The Company is assessing the impact of ASU 2014-09 and other related ASUs as noted above on its accounting and disclosures
within noninterest income, as any interest income impact was scoped out of this final ASU pronouncement.
In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03 “Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs (Subtopic 835-30)” ASU
2015-03 amended prior guidance to simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs. The amendments in this ASU require that debt
issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of
that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. ASU 2015-03 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect to
the Company’s operating results or financial condition. This standard was adopted by the Company retrospectively effective January
2016.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02- “Leases (Topic 842).” This ASU was issued to increase transparency and
comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about
leasing arrangements. One key revision from prior guidance was to include operating leases within assets and liabilities recorded;
another revision was included which created a new model to follow for sale-leaseback transactions. The impact of this pronouncement
will affect lessees primarily, as virtually all of their assets will be recognized on the balance sheet, by recording a right of use asset and
lease liability. This pronouncement is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company is assessing the
impact of ASU 2016-02 on its accounting and disclosures.
In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09 “Stock Compensation - Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment
Accounting (Topic 718).” FASB issued this ASU as part of the Simplification Initiative. This ASU involves several aspects of the
accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or
57
liability, and classification on the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-09 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company is assessing the impact of ASU 2016-09 on its accounting and disclosures, as this
pronouncement will impact income tax expense, and additional paid-in capital within stockholders’ equity.
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13 “Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (Topic 326).” ASU 2016-
13 was issued to provide financial statement users with more useful information about the expected credit losses on financial
instruments and other commitments to extend credit held by a reporting entity at each reporting date to enhance the decision making
process. The new methodology to be used should reflect expected credit losses based on relevant vintage historical information,
supported by reasonable forecasts of projected loss given defaults, that will affect the collectability of the reported amounts. This new
methodology will also require available-for-sale debt securities to have a credit loss recorded through an allowance rather than write-
downs. ASU 2016-13 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company is
assessing the impact of ASU 2016-13 on its accounting and disclosures, and is in the process of accumulating data to support future
risk assessments.
Subsequent Events
On January 17, 2017, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of 1 cent per share payable on February 6, 2017, to
stockholders of record as of January 27, 2017.
On February 7, 2017, the Company announced J. Douglas Cheatham, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, will retire
as of March 15, 2017. The Company has initiated a search for Mr. Cheatham’s successor.
Note 2: Acquisitions
On October 28, 2016, the Bank completed its previously announced acquisition of the Chicago branch of Talmer Bank and Trust, the
banking subsidiary of Talmer Bancorp, Inc. (“Talmer”). As a result of this transaction, the Bank acquired $223.8 million of loans, prior
to fair value adjustment, and $48.9 million of deposits. The purchase resulted in the Company establishing a metropolitan Chicago
office presence with a strong commercial client focus, and retention of an experienced lending team. The acquisition was funded with
security sales and cash on hand, and was recorded applying the acquisition method of accounting. The following table presents the
assets acquired and the liabilities assumed, both tangible and intangible, net of fair value adjustments, as of the acquisition date:
Talmer Branch Acquisition Summary
As of Date of Acquisition
Assets acquired:
Cash on hand
Loans, net of purchase accounting adjustments
Premises and equipment, net
Goodwill
Core deposit intangible
Other assets acquired, including accrued interest, prepaids
Liabilities assumed:
Deposits - noninterest bearing demand
Deposits - interest bearing - Savings, NOW and Money market
Deposits - Time
Other liabilities assumed, including escrow deposits and payables
Net assets acquired, or total cash paid for acquisition
10/28/2016
122
220,988
230
8,375
659
573
28,850
17,941
2,103
574
181,479
$
$
Acquisition expenses incurred in 2016 related to the Talmer branch purchase totaled $269,000 as of December 31, 2016; all material
acquisition costs identified have been paid or accrued as of year end 2016. As of December 31, 2016, the Company estimates that
$8.5 million of the goodwill and acquisition costs incurred will be tax deductible.
Note 3: Cash and Due from Banks
The Bank is required to maintain reserve balances with the FRBC. In accordance with the FRBC requirements, the average reserve
balances were $10.5 million and $10.7 million, for the years December 31, 2016, and 2015, respectively. The nature of the Company’s
business requires that it maintain amounts with other banks and federal funds which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits.
Management monitors these correspondent relationships, and the Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts.
58
Note 4: Securities
Investment Portfolio Management
Investments are comprised of debt securities and non-marketable equity investments. As of the second quarter of 2016, all debt
securities are classified as available-for-sale. Securities available-for-sale are carried at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses, net of
tax, on securities available-for-sale are reported as a separate component of equity. This balance sheet component changes as interest
rates and market conditions change. Unrealized gains and losses are not included in the calculation of regulatory capital.
Nonmarketable equity investments include FHLBC stock and FRBC stock. FHLBC stock was $3.1 million and $3.7 million at
December 31, 2016, and December 31, 2015. FRBC stock was $4.8 million at December 31, 2016, and December 31, 2015. Our
FHLBC stock is necessary to maintain access to FHLBC advances.
The following table summarizes the amortized cost and fair value of the securities portfolio at December 31, 2016 and
December 31, 2015, and the corresponding amounts of gross unrealized gains and losses (in thousands):
December 31, 2016
Securities available-for-sale
U.S. government agencies mortgage-backed
States and political subdivisions
Corporate bonds
Collateralized mortgage obligations
Asset-backed securities
Collateralized loan obligations
Total securities available-for-sale
December 31, 2015
Securities available-for-sale
U.S. Treasury
U.S. government agencies
U.S. government agencies mortgage-backed
States and political subdivisions
Corporate bonds
Collateralized mortgage obligations
Asset-backed securities
Collateralized loan obligations
Total securities available-for-sale
Securities held-to-maturity
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed
Collateralized mortgage obligations
Total securities held-to-maturity
Gross
Gross
Amortized
Unrealized
Unrealized
Cost
Gains
Losses
Fair
Value
$
$
42,511 $
68,718
10,957
174,352
146,391
102,504
545,433 $
- $
258
9
374
341
29
1,011 $
(977) $
(273)
(336)
(3,799)
(8,325)
(896)
(14,606) $
41,534
68,703
10,630
170,927
138,407
101,637
531,838
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Gross
Unrealized
Unrealized
Gains
Losses
1,509 $
1,683
2,040
30,341
30,157
68,743
241,872
94,374
470,719 $
- $
-
-
285
-
24
74
-
383 $
- $
(127)
(44)
(100)
(757)
(1,847)
(10,038)
(2,123)
(15,036) $
Fair
Value
1,509
1,556
1,996
30,526
29,400
66,920
231,908
92,251
456,066
36,505 $
211,241
247,746 $
1,592 $
3,302
4,894 $
- $
(965)
(965) $
38,097
213,578
251,675
$
$
$
$
During the twelve months ended December 31, 2016, the total securities portfolio declined $172.0 million. This reduction stemmed
from funding needs related to the Talmer branch acquisition and loan growth. Certain portfolios did increase in the year over year
period, such as states and political subdivisions and collateralized loan obligations. Purchases totaling $92.3 million were executed in
these portfolios during 2016 due to favorable pricing in the rising interest rate environment. These portfolio increases were more than
offset by reductions in holdings of asset-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations; these reductions were comprised of
sales of $287.7 million and paydowns of $31.8 million.
Securities valued at $262.6 million as of December 31, 2016, (a decline from $340.2 million at year-end 2015) were pledged to secure
deposits and for other purposes.
59
The fair value, amortized cost and weighted average yield of debt securities at December 31, 2016, by contractual maturity, were as
follows in the table below. Securities not due at a single maturity date are shown separately.
Securities available-for-sale
Due in one year or less
Due after one year through five years
Due after five years through ten years
Due after ten years
Mortgage-backed and collateralized mortgage obligations
Asset-backed securities
Collateralized loan obligations
Total securities available-for-sale
$
Amortized
Cost
14,410
4,575
16,855
43,835
79,675
216,863
146,391
102,504
$ 545,433
Weighted
Average
Yield
Fair
Value
1.93 %
3.02
2.62
3.51
3.01
2.43
2.15
3.80
2.70 %
$
14,416
4,571
16,594
43,752
79,333
212,461
138,407
101,637
$ 531,838
At December 31, 2016, the Company’s investments include asset-backed securities totaling $117.4 million that are backed by student
loans originated under the Federal Family Education Loan program (“FFEL”). Under the FFEL, private lenders made federally
guaranteed student loans to parents and students. While the program was modified several times before elimination in 2010, FFEL
securities are generally guaranteed by the U.S. Department of Education (“DOE”) at not less than 97% of the principal amount of the
loans. The guarantee will reduce to 85% if the DOE receives reimbursement requests in excess of 5% of insured loans; reimbursement
will drop to 75% if reimbursement requests exceed 9% of insured loans. As of December 31, 2016, the likelihood of the decrease in
the government guarantee was minimal as the average rate of reimbursement for 2015 was less than 1.0%. A number of major student
loan originators packaged FFEL loans and sold them as asset-backed securities.
The Company has accumulated the securities of the following two different originators that individually amount to over 10% of the
Company’s stockholders equity. Information regarding these two issuers and the value of the securities issued follows:
Issuer
GCO Education Loan Funding Corp
Towd Point Mortgage Trust
December 31, 2016
Fair
Value
Amortized
Cost
37,812
20,302
$
$
34,678
19,792
Securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2016, and December 31, 2015, aggregated by investment category and length of time
that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, were as follows (in thousands except for number of
securities):
December 31, 2016
Securities available-for-sale
U.S. government agencies mortgage-backed
States and political subdivisions
Corporate bonds
Collateralized mortgage obligations
Asset-backed securities
Collateralized loan obligations
Total securities available-for-sale
December 31, 2015
Securities available-for-sale
U.S. government agencies
U.S. government agencies mortgage-backed
States and political subdivisions
Corporate bonds
Collateralized mortgage obligations
Asset-backed securities
Collateralized loan obligations
Total securities available-for-sale
Securities held-to-maturity
Collateralized mortgage obligations
Total securities held-to-maturity
Less than 12 months
in an unrealized loss position
Fair
Value
Number of Unrealized
Securities Losses
11 $
12
1
16
4
-
44 $
957 $ 40,636
35,241
273
4,817
183
117,752
3,402
17,604
328
-
-
5,143 $ 216,050
12 months or more
in an unrealized loss position
Fair
Value
Number of Unrealized
Securities Losses
1 $
-
2
7
12
12
34 $
20 $
-
153
397
7,997
896
898
-
5,328
18,109
107,112
81,613
9,463 $ 213,060
Total
Fair
Value
Number of Unrealized
Securities Losses
977 $ 41,534
12 $
35,241
273
12
10,145
336
3
135,861
3,799
23
124,716
8,325
16
81,613
896
12
78 $ 14,606 $ 429,110
Less than 12 months
in an unrealized loss position
Fair
Number of Unrealized
Securities Losses
12 months or more
in an unrealized loss position
Fair
Number of Unrealized
Total
Number of Unrealized
Value Securities Losses
Value Securities Losses
- $
1
2
5
4
9
5
26 $
- $
44
19
292
334
2,080
446
-
1,996
1,541
14,866
16,218
78,301
29,480
3,215 $ 142,402
1,556
1 $
-
-
1,713
1
14,534
3
43,618
7
121,217
8
9
62,771
29 $ 11,821 $ 245,409
127 $
-
81
465
1,513
7,958
1,677
127 $
Fair
Value
1,556
1 $
1,996
1
3,254
3
29,400
8
59,836
11
199,518
17
14
92,251
55 $ 15,036 $ 387,811
44
100
757
1,847
10,038
2,123
8 $
8 $
505 $ 40,307
505 $ 40,307
2 $
2 $
460 $ 33,842
460 $ 33,842
10 $
10 $
965 $ 74,149
965 $ 74,149
60
Recognition of other-than-temporary impairment was not necessary in the year ended December 31, 2016, or the year ended
December 31, 2015. The changes in fair value related primarily to interest rate fluctuations. The Company’s review of other-than-
temporary impairment confirmed no credit quality deterioration.
Proceeds from sales of securities
Gross realized gains on securities
Gross realized losses on securities
Securities gains (losses), net
Income tax expense (benefit) on net realized gains (losses)
Note 5: Loans
Major classifications of loans were as follows:
Commercial
Real estate - commercial
Real estate - construction
Real estate - residential
Consumer
Overdraft
Lease financing receivables
Other
Net deferred loan costs
Total loans
2016
$ 306,400 $
2014
Years ended December 31,
2015
70,176 $ 296,013
3,231
(1,512)
1,719
704
106
(284)
(178) $
(71) $
1,675
(3,888)
(2,213) $
(882) $
$
$
December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
115,603
$
605,721
19,806
351,007
4,216
483
25,712
10,130
1,132,678
1,037
1,133,715
228,113 $
736,247
64,720
377,851
3,237
436
55,451
11,537
1,477,592
1,217
1,478,809 $
$
Total loans reflects growth of $345.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The Talmer branch acquisition in late 2016
comprised a large component of this growth, as $221.0 million of loans were acquired, net of a $2.8 million purchase accounting
discount recorded. These acquired loans were primarily commercial, real estate-commerical and real estate-construction. In addition to
the Talmer branch acquisition, lease financing receivables increased in 2016 due to purchased as well as originated leases, following
management’s strategic plan to diversify the loan portfolio.
It is the policy of the Company to review each prospective credit in order to determine if an adequate level of security or collateral can
be obtained prior to making a loan. The type of collateral, when required, will vary from liquid assets to real estate. The Company’s
access to collateral, in the event of borrower default, is assured through adherence to lending law, the Company’s lending standards and
credit monitoring procedures. The Bank generally makes loans solely within its market area. There are no significant concentrations of
loans where the customers’ ability to honor loan terms is dependent upon a single economic sector although the real estate related
categories listed above represent 79.7% and 86.1% of the portfolio at December 31, 2016, and December 31, 2015, respectively.
61
Aged analysis of past due loans by class of loans as of December 31, 2016, and December 31, 2015, were as follows:
90 Days or
December 31, 2016
Commercial1
Real estate - commercial
Owner occupied general purpose
Owner occupied special purpose
Non-owner occupied general purpose
Non-owner occupied special purpose
Retail properties
Farm
Real estate - construction
Homebuilder
Land
Commercial speculative
All other
Real estate - residential
Investor
Owner occupied
Revolving and junior liens
Consumer
Other2
Total
December 31, 2015
Commercial1
Real estate - commercial
Owner occupied general purpose
Owner occupied special purpose
Non-owner occupied general purpose
Non-owner occupied special purpose
Retail properties
Farm
Real estate - construction
Homebuilder
Land
Commercial speculative
All other
Real estate - residential
Investor
Owner occupied
Revolving and junior liens
Consumer
Other2
Total
Recorded
Investment
90 days or
Greater Past
Due and
Accruing
-
$
30-59 Days 60-89 Days Greater Past Total Past
Past Due Past Due
$
360 $
57 $
Due
- $
Due
417 $
Current
Nonaccrual Total Loans
282,541 $
606 $
283,564
758
-
667
-
-
1,353
-
-
-
364
237
274
225
10
14
-
-
379
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
405
36
-
$ 3,959 $ 1,180 $
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
758
-
1,046
-
-
1,353
-
-
-
364
135,599
177,755
229,315
118,052
53,474
13,509
3,883
3,029
22,654
34,509
879
385
1,930
1,013
1,179
-
-
-
74
207
137,236
178,140
232,291
119,065
54,653
14,862
3,883
3,029
22,728
35,080
152,599
-
123,626
-
101,626
-
3,237
-
-
13,190
- $ 5,139 $ 1,458,387 $ 15,283 $ 1,478,809
151,426
116,900
99,374
3,191
13,176
936
6,452
1,622
-
-
237
274
630
46
14
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
$
90 Days or
30-59 Days 60-89 Days Greater Past Total Past
Past Due Past Due
$
394 $
Due
- $
- $
Due
394 $
Current
140,848 $
Nonaccrual Total Loans
73 $
141,315
Recorded
Investment
90 days or
Greater Past
Due and
Accruing
-
$
652
358
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6
101
1,083
344
4
-
$ 2,942 $
119
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
77
-
446
68
-
-
710 $
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
65
771
358
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
148
123,479
170,827
166,668
92,387
34,352
12,615
2,604
1,137
2,117
13,717
1,254
763
975
-
-
1,272
-
-
83
-
125,504
171,948
167,643
92,387
34,352
13,887
2,604
1,137
2,200
13,865
-
-
-
-
-
126,684
118,792
105,531
4,216
11,650
65 $ 3,717 $ 1,115,609 $ 14,389 $ 1,133,715
125,611
110,885
102,500
4,212
11,650
972
6,378
2,619
-
-
101
1,529
412
4
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
67
-
-
-
-
-
67
$
1 The “Commercial” class includes lease financing receivables.
2 The “Other” class includes overdrafts and net deferred costs.
Credit Quality Indicators:
The Company categorizes loans into credit risk categories based on current financial information, overall debt service coverage,
comparison against industry averages, historical payment experience, and current economic trends. This analysis includes loans with
outstanding balances or commitments greater than $50,000 and excludes homogeneous loans such as home equity lines of credit and
residential mortgages. Loans with a classified risk rating are reviewed quarterly regardless of size or loan type. The Company uses the
following definitions for classified risk ratings:
Special Mention. Loans classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves management’s close attention.
If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan at some
future date.
62
Substandard. Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the
obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize
the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the
deficiencies are not corrected.
Doubtful. Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added
characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and
values, highly questionable and improbable.
Credits that are not covered by the definitions above are pass credits, which are not considered to be adversely rated. Loans listed as
not rated have outstanding loans or commitments less than $50,000 or are included in groups of homogeneous loans.
Credit Quality Indicators by class of loans as of December 31, 2016, and December 31, 2015, were as follows:
December 31, 2016
Commercial
Real estate - commercial
Owner occupied general purpose
Owner occupied special purpose
Non-owner occupied general purpose
Non-owner occupied special purpose
Retail Properties
Farm
Real estate - construction
Homebuilder
Land
Commercial speculative
All other
Real estate - residential
Investor
Owner occupied
Revolving and junior liens
Consumer
Other
Total
December 31, 2015
Commercial
Real estate - commercial
Owner occupied general purpose
Owner occupied special purpose
Non-owner occupied general purpose
Non-owner occupied special purpose
Retail Properties
Farm
Real estate - construction
Homebuilder
Land
Commercial speculative
All other
Real estate - residential
Investor
Owner occupied
Revolving and junior liens
Consumer
Other
Total
Pass
267,394
$
Special
Mention
$
12,534
Substandard 1
3,636
$
$
Doubtful
135,503
172,353
229,448
114,293
52,207
11,840
3,883
3,029
22,654
34,696
53
5,402
913
-
1,267
1,240
-
-
-
-
151,503
115,831
99,286
3,236
13,165
$ 1,430,321
$
-
570
-
-
25
22,004
$
1,680
385
1,930
4,772
1,179
1,782
-
-
74
384
1,096
7,225
2,340
1
-
26,484
Pass
136,078
$
Special
Mention
$
3,208
Substandard 1
2,029
$
123,827
171,185
163,956
88,468
30,432
12,615
2,604
1,137
2,117
13,865
125,548
111,713
102,476
4,215
11,650
$ 1,101,886
$
-
-
1,908
-
1,490
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6,606
$
1,677
763
1,779
3,919
2,430
1,272
-
-
83
-
1,136
7,079
3,055
1
-
25,223
$
$
$
Doubtful
Total
283,564
$
137,236
178,140
232,291
119,065
54,653
14,862
3,883
3,029
22,728
35,080
152,599
123,626
101,626
3,237
13,190
1,478,809
Total
141,315
125,504
171,948
167,643
92,387
34,352
13,887
2,604
1,137
2,200
13,865
$
$
126,684
118,792
105,531
4,216
11,650
1,133,715
$
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1 The substandard credit quality indicator includes both potential problem loans that are currently performing and nonperforming
loans.
63
The Company had $1.8 million and $3.9 million in consumer mortgage loans in the process of foreclosure as of December 31, 2016
and December 31, 2015, respectively. The Company also had $225,000 and $2.3 million in residential real estate included in OREO as
of Decenber 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.
Impaired loans, which include nonaccrual loans and troubled debt restructurings, by class of loan as of December 31 were as follows:
Recorded
Investment
December 31, 2016
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
Related
Allowance
December 31, 2015
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
Related
Allowance
Recorded
Investment
With no related allowance recorded
Commercial
Commercial real estate
Owner occupied general purpose
Owner occupied special purpose
Non-owner occupied general purpose
Non-owner occupied special purpose
Retail properties
Farm
Construction
Homebuilder
Land
Commercial speculative
All other
Residential
Investor
Owner occupied
Revolving and junior liens
Consumer
Total impaired loans with no recorded
allowance
With an allowance recorded
Commercial
Commercial real estate
Owner occupied general purpose
Owner occupied special purpose
Non-owner occupied general purpose
Non-owner occupied special purpose
Retail properties
Farm
Construction
Homebuilder
Land
Commercial speculative
All other
Residential
Investor
Owner occupied
Revolving and junior liens
Consumer
Total impaired loans with a recorded
allowance
Total impaired loans
$
405 $
491 $
- $
70 $
149 $
1,881
385
1,744
1,013
1,179
-
-
-
74
207
1,841
9,824
2,484
201
2,131
518
2,010
1,649
1,235
-
-
-
81
221
2,308
11,391
3,018
268
21,238
25,321
-
-
-
246
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
803
-
-
-
-
-
595
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
853
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
246
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
803
-
-
2,314
763
1,047
-
-
1,272
-
-
83
-
1,906
10,539
2,731
-
3,004
871
1,065
-
-
1,338
-
-
86
-
2,259
11,999
3,947
-
20,725
24,718
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
8
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
112
46
-
-
112
46
-
1,049
22,287 $
1,448
26,769 $
1,049
1,049 $
161
20,886 $
166
24,884 $
$
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
31
-
-
34
34
64
Average recorded investment and interest income recognized on impaired loans by class of loan for the years ending December 31 were
as follows:
Year to date
December 31, 2016
Year to date
December 31, 2015
Year to date
December 31, 2014
Average
Recorded
Investment Recognized Investment Recognized Investment Recognized
Interest Average
Recorded
Income
Average
Recorded
Interest
Income
Interest
Income
With no related allowance recorded
Commercial
Commercial real estate
Owner occupied general purpose
Owner occupied special purpose
Non-owner occupied general purpose
Non-owner occupied special purpose
Retail properties
Farm
Construction
Homebuilder
Land
Commercial speculative
All other
Residential
Investor
Owner occupied
Revolving and junior liens
Consumer
Total impaired loans with no recorded
allowance
With an allowance recorded
Commercial
Commercial real estate
Owner occupied general purpose
Owner occupied special purpose
Non-owner occupied general purpose
Non-owner occupied special purpose
Retail properties
Farm
Construction
Homebuilder
Land
Commercial speculative
All other
Residential
Investor
Owner occupied
Revolving and junior liens
Consumer
Total impaired loans with a recorded
allowance
Total impaired loans
$
238
$
- $
785
$
- $
764
$
-
2,097
574
1,396
506
590
636
-
-
78
104
1,873
10,182
2,608
100
87
-
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
47
158
29
-
4,720
1,280
2,939
712
-
636
895
-
42
145
2,251
10,979
2,484
-
82
-
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
51
160
7
-
4,834
2,584
5,130
1,042
1,572
-
1,903
105
369
147
4,290
10,299
2,004
-
20,982
323
27,868
303
35,043
2
-
-
123
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
457
23
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
38
-
-
-
-
-
-
135
67
68
208
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
-
-
365
2,150
508
-
-
-
84
-
587
353
410
794
934
-
104
45
-
-
-
-
82
-
-
-
43
187
6
-
467
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
605
21,587
$
$
-
323 $
518
28,386
$
3
306 $
6,185
41,228
$
1
468
Troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) are loans for which the contractual terms have been modified and both of these conditions exist:
(1) there is a concession to the borrower and (2) the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties. Loans are restructured on a case-
by-case basis during the loan collection process with modifications generally initiated at the request of the borrower. These
modifications may include reduction in interest rates, extension of term, deferrals of principal, and other modifications. The Bank
participates in the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s (the “Treasury”) Home Affordable Modification Program (“HAMP”) which gives
qualifying homeowners an opportunity to refinance into more affordable monthly payments.
The specific allocation of the allowance for loan losses on a TDR is determined by either discounting the modified cash flows at the
original effective rate of the loan before modification or is based on the underlying collateral value less costs to sell, if repayment of the
65
loan is collateral-dependent. If the resulting amount is less than the recorded book value, the Bank either establishes a valuation
allowance (i.e. specific reserve) as a component of the allowance for loan losses or charges off the impaired balance if it determines
that such amount is a confirmed loss. This method is used consistently for all segments of the portfolio.
Loans that were modified during the period are summarized as follows:
TDR Modifications
Twelve months ended December 31, 2016
# of
Post-modification
contracts recorded investment recorded investment
Pre-modification
Troubled debt restructurings
Real estate - commercial
Other1
Real estate - residential
Owner occupied
HAMP2
Revolving and junior liens
HAMP2
Other1
Total
Troubled debt restructurings
Real estate - residential
Owner occupied
Other1
Revolving and junior liens
HAMP2
Other1
Total
2 $
312 $
205
2
419
3
3
10 $
252
808
1,791 $
262
228
777
1,472
TDR Modifications
Twelve months ended December 31, 2015
# of
Post-modification
contracts recorded investment recorded investment
Pre-modification
2 $
256 $
5
3
10 $
193
378
827 $
255
153
347
755
1 Other: Change of terms from bankruptcy court
2 HAMP: Home Affordable Modification Program
TDRs are classified as being in default on a case-by-case basis when they fail to be in compliance with the modified terms. There were
no TDRs that defaulted during year 2016 and 2015.
The Bank had no commitments to borrowers whose loans were classified as impaired at December 31, 2016.
Loans to principal officers, directors, and their affiliates, which are made in the ordinary course of business, were as follows at
December 31:
Beginning balance
New loans
Repayments and other reductions
Change in related party status
Ending balance
2016
1,787
157
(241)
-
1,703
$
$
2015
7,793
864
(635)
(6,235)
1,787
$
$
No loans to principal officers, directors, and their affiliates were past due greater than 90 days at either December 31, 2016, or
December 31, 2015.
66
Total
16,223
3,190
2,375
750
16,158
1,049
15,109
$
$
$
$
Total
21,637
4,770
3,756
(4,400)
16,223
34
16,189
$
$
$
$
Note 6: Allowance for Loan Losses
Changes in the allowance for loan losses by segment of loans based on method of impairment for the year ended December 31, 2016,
were as follows:
Real Estate Real Estate
Real Estate
Allowance for loan losses:
Beginning balance
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Provision (Release)
Ending balance
$
$
Commercial Commercial Construction Residential Consumer Other
1,190 $ 1,965
-
-
(1,530)
435
344
271
(284)
833 $
2,096
118
37
247
2,262
1,694
1,072
1,331
739
2,692
9,013
1,633
640
1,527
9,547
265
23
96
51
389
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
Ending balance: Individually evaluated for impairment
Ending balance: Collectively evaluated for impairment
Loans:
Ending balance
Ending balance: Individually evaluated for impairment
Ending balance: Collectively evaluated for impairment
$
$
$
$
$
-
2,262
$
$
246
9,301
283,564
405
283,159
$ 736,247
$
6,449
$ 729,798
$
$
$
$
$
-
389
$
$
803
1,889
64,720
281
64,439
$ 377,851
$
14,951
$ 362,900
$
$
$
$
$
- $
833 $
-
435
3,237 $ 13,190
-
3,036 $ 13,190
201 $
$ 1,478,809
$
22,287
$ 1,456,522
Changes in the allowance for loan losses by segment of loans based on method of impairment for the year ended December 31, 2015,
were as follows:
Real Estate
Real Estate
Real Estate
Allowance for loan losses:
Beginning balance
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Provision (Release)
Ending balance
$
Commercial Commercial Construction Residential Consumer Other
1,454 $ 2,506
1,475
$
-
2
483
276
-
359
(140)
(1,484)
(541)
1,190 $ 1,965
265
12,577
1,653
1,595
(3,506)
9,013
1,644
993
451
994
2,096
1,981
1,639
1,075
277
1,694
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
Ending balance: Individually evaluated for impairment
Ending balance: Collectively evaluated for impairment
$
$
3
2,093
Loans:
Ending balance
Ending balance: Individually evaluated for impairment
Ending balance: Collectively evaluated for impairment
$
$
$
141,315
73
141,242
$
$
$
$
$
-
9,013
605,721
5,396
600,325
$
$
$
$
$
-
265
$
$
31
1,663
$
$
- $
-
1,190 $ 1,965
19,806
83
19,723
$
$
$
351,007
15,334
335,673
$
$
$
4,216 $ 11,650
-
- $
4,216 $ 11,650
$ 1,133,715
20,886
$
$ 1,112,829
Changes in the allowance for loan losses by segment of loans based on method of impairment for the year ended December 31, 2014,
were as follows:
Real Estate Real Estate
Real Estate
Allowance for loan losses:
Beginning balance
Charge-offs
Recoveries
(Release) provision
Ending balance
$
Commercial Commercial Construction Residential Consumer Other
1,439 $ 2,012
1,980
$
-
174
-
633
494
(964)
1,454 $ 2,506
1,475
16,763
1,972
1,346
(3,560)
12,577
2,250
578
58
(86)
1,644
2,837
3,393
1,842
695
1,981
526
420
121
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
Ending balance: Individually evaluated for impairment
Ending balance: Collectively evaluated for impairment
$
$
-
1,644
Loans:
Ending balance
Ending balance: Individually evaluated for impairment
Ending balance: Collectively evaluated for impairment
$
$
$
127,196
1,500
125,696
$
$
$
$
$
21
12,556
600,629
15,253
585,376
$
$
$
$
$
98
1,377
$
$
159
1,822
$
$
- $
-
1,454 $ 2,506
44,795
2,352
42,443
$ 370,191
$
16,781
$ 353,410
$
$
$
3,504 $ 13,017
-
3,504 $ 13,017
- $
$ 1,159,332
$
35,886
$ 1,123,446
Total
$
$
$
$
27,281
6,643
4,299
(3,300)
21,637
278
21,359
The Company’s allowance for loan loss is calculated in accordance with GAAP and relevant supervisory guidance. All management
estimates were made in light of observable trends within loan portfolio segments, market conditions and established credit review
administration practices.
67
Note 7: Other Real Estate Owned
Details related to the activity in the other real estate owned (“OREO”) portfolio, net of valuation reserve, for the periods presented are
itemized in the following table.
Other real estate owned
Balance at beginning of period
Property additions
Property improvements
Less:
Proceeds from property disposals, net of gains/losses
Period valuation adjustments
Balance at end of period
Activity in the valuation allowance was as follows:
Balance at beginning of period
Provision for unrealized losses
Reductions taken on sales
Other adjustments
Balance at end of period
Expenses related to OREO, net of lease revenue includes:
Gain on sales, net
Provision for unrealized losses
Operating expenses
Less:
Lease revenue
Net OREO expense
Note 8: Premises and Equipment
Premises and equipment at December 31 were as follows:
Twelve Months Ended
December 31,
2015
$ 31,982
8,998
-
2014
$ 41,537
16,078
794
2016
$ 19,141
1,785
16
7,456
1,570
$ 11,916
17,763
4,076
$ 19,141
21,868
4,559
$ 31,982
Twelve Months Ended
December 31,
2015
$ 19,229
4,076
(9,271)
93
$ 14,127
2014
$ 22,284
4,559
(7,025)
(589)
$ 19,229
2016
$ 14,127
1,570
(5,867)
152
9,982
$
2016
Twelve Months Ended
December 31,
2015
(1,073)
4,076
2,888
$
$
(374)
1,570
1,765
2014
(989)
4,559
4,173
$
218
2,743
$
700
5,191
$
826
6,917
$
2016
2015
Land
Buildings
Leasehold improvements
Furniture and equipment
$
Total Premises and Equipment
$
Cost
16,141
41,409
157
42,875
100,582
$
Accumulated
Depreciation/ Net Book
Amortization Value
-
21,966
86
39,553
61,605
16,141 $
19,443
71
3,322
38,977 $
$
$
$
Cost
16,318
42,627
74
41,411
100,430
68
$
Accumulated
Depreciation/ Net Book
Amortization Value
-
22,240
73
38,505
60,818
16,318
20,387
1
2,906
39,612
$
$
$
Note 9: Deposits
Major classifications of deposits were as follows:
Noninterest bearing demand
Savings
NOW accounts
Money market accounts
Certificates of deposit of less than $100,000
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 through $250,000
Certificates of deposit of more than $250,000
Total deposits
2016
513,688 $
256,159
419,417
275,273
228,993
110,992
62,263
1,866,785 $
2015
442,639
252,169
376,720
279,709
235,336
109,855
62,658
1,759,086
$
$
Growth in total deposits stemmed from the Talmer branch acquisition; the Company assumed $48.9 million of additional deposits,
primarily noninterest bearing demand accounts. Additional growth for 2016 was driven by NOW account volume increases. The
Company had $5.9 million in brokered certificates of deposit as of December 31, 2016. The Company had $3.9 million in brokered
certificates of deposit as of December 31, 2015. Deposits held by senior officers and directors, including their related interests, totaled
$1.6 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.
At December 31, 2016, scheduled maturities of time deposits were as follows:
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Total time deposits
Note 10: Borrowings
$
$
208,154
77,036
49,690
49,332
18,036
402,248
The following table is a summary of borrowings as of December 31, 2016, and December 31, 2015. Junior subordinated debentures are
discussed in detail in Note 11:
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
FHLBC advances1
Junior subordinated debentures
Senior notes
Subordinated debt
Notes payable and other borrowings
Total borrowings
1 Included in other short-term borrowing on the balance sheet.
2016
2015
25,715
70,000
57,591
43,998
-
-
197,304
$
$
34,070
15,000
57,543
-
45,000
500
152,113
$
$
The Company enters into deposit sweep transactions where the transaction amounts are secured by pledged securities. These
transactions consistently mature within 1 to 90 days from the transaction date and are governed by sweep repurchase agreements. All
sweep repurchase agreements are treated as financings secured by U.S. government agencies and collateralized mortgage-backed
securities and had a carrying amount of $25.7 million at December 31, 2016, and $34.1 million at December 31, 2015. The fair value
of the pledged collateral was $43.0 million and $45.4 million at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. At
December 31, 2016, there were no customers with secured balances exceeding 10% of stockholders’ equity.
The following table is a summary of additional information related to repurchase agreements:
Average daily balance during the year
Average interest rate during the year
Maximum month-end balance during the year
Weighted average interest rate at year-end
2016
$ 34,016
2015
$ 28,194
2014
$ 26,093
0.01 %
0.01 %
0.01 %
$ 46,606
$ 34,785 $ 38,133
0.01 %
0.01 %
0.01 %
69
Total borrowings are generally limited to the lower of 35% of total assets and the amount of acceptable collateral adjusted for
applicable funding percentages as determined by the FHLBC. As of December 31, 2016, the Bank had outstanding advances in the
amount of $70 million at an interest rate of 0.70%. At that time, FHLBC stock owned by the Bank was valued at $3.1 million, the fair
value of securities pledged to the FHLBC was $63.3 million, and the principal balance of loans pledged was $168.2 million. Based on
the total amount of securities and loans pledged, the Bank had total borrowing capacity of $158.0 million. Adjusting for the
outstanding advances and letters of credit, the Bank had a remaining funding availability of $51.7 million on December 31, 2016.
The Company completed a debt retirement and simultaneous senior debt offering in the fourth quarter of 2016. Subordinated debt of
$45.0 million and $500,000 of senior debt outstanding were paid off with the proceeds of a $45.0 million senior notes issuance and
cash on hand. The senior notes mature in ten years, and terms include interest payable semiannually at 5.75% for five years.
Beginning December 2021, the senior debt will pay interest at a floating rate, with interest payable quarterly at three month LIBOR
plus 385 basis points. The notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company, beginning with the interest payment
date on December 31, 2021, and on any floating rate interest payment date thereafter, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the
principal amount of the notes plus accrued and unpaid interest. Debt issuance costs incurred for the senior note issuance totaled $1.0
million, and will be deferred and recorded to expense over the ten year term of the notes.
The Company had $500,000 in principal outstanding in senior term debt and $45.0 million in principal outstanding in subordinated debt
at December 31, 2015. The term debt was secured by all of the outstanding capital stock of the Bank. The subordinated debt and the
senior term debt were scheduled to mature on March 31, 2018. The interest rate on the senior debt reset quarterly and at the
Company’s option, was based on, the lender’s prime rate or three-month LIBOR plus 90 basis points. The interest rate on the
subordinated debt reset quarterly, and was equal to three-month LIBOR plus 150 basis points. The Company has made all required
interest payments on the outstanding principal balance on a timely basis.
Scheduled maturities and weighted average rates of borrowings for the years ended December 31 were as follows:
2016
Weighted
Average
2015
Weighted
Average
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Thereafter
Total borrowings
Note 11: Junior Subordinated Debentures
Balance Rate
Balance Rate
N/A
$ 95,715
-
-
-
-
101,589
$ 197,304
$ 49,070
N/A
-
0.51 %
45,500
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6.65
57,543
3.67 % $ 152,113
0.06 %
-
1.82
-
-
-
7.34
3.34 %
The Company completed the sale of $27.5 million of cumulative trust preferred securities by its unconsolidated subsidiary, Old Second
Capital Trust I in June 2003. An additional $4.1 million of cumulative trust preferred securities were sold in July 2003. The costs
associated with the issuance of the cumulative trust preferred securities are being amortized over 30 years. The trust preferred
securities may remain outstanding for a 30-year term but, subject to regulatory approval, can be called in whole or in part by the
Company after June 30, 2008, and can be exercised by the Company from time to time thereafter. When not in deferral, distributions
on the securities are payable quarterly at an annual rate of 7.80%. The Company issued a new $32.6 million subordinated debenture to
Old Second Capital Trust I in return for the aggregate net proceeds of this trust preferred offering. The interest rate and payment
frequency on the debenture are equivalent to the cash distribution basis on the trust preferred securities.
The Company sold an additional $25.0 million of cumulative trust preferred securities through a private placement completed by an
additional, unconsolidated subsidiary, Old Second Capital Trust II, in April 2007. These trust preferred securities also mature in
30 years, but subject to the aforementioned regulatory approval, can be called in whole or in part on a quarterly basis commencing
June 15, 2017. The quarterly cash distributions on the securities are fixed at 6.77% through June 15, 2017, and float at 150 basis points
over three-month LIBOR thereafter. The Company issued a new $25.8 million subordinated debenture to the Old Second Capital
Trust II in return for the aggregate net proceeds of this trust preferred offering. The interest rate and payment frequency on the
debenture are equivalent to the cash distribution basis on the trust preferred securities.
Under the terms of the subordinated debentures issued to each of Old Second Capital Trust I and II, the Company is allowed to defer
payments of interest for 20 quarterly periods without default or penalty, but such amounts continue to accrue. Also during a deferral
period, the Company generally may not pay cash dividends on or repurchase its common stock or preferred stock, including the
Series B Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (the “Series B Stock”), as discussed in Note 21. In August of 2010, the
Company elected to defer regularly scheduled interest payments on the $58.4 million of junior subordinated debentures. Because of the
70
deferral on the subordinated debentures, the trusts deferred regularly scheduled dividends on the trust preferred securities. On
April 21, 2014, the Company paid all outstanding interest, which totaled $19.7 million, on the trust preferred securities to the trustees
for payment to holders as of the next record date set forth in the indentures and terminated the deferral period. As of
December 31, 2016, the Company is current on the payments due on these securities. Both of the debentures issued by the Company
are disclosed on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as junior subordinated debentures and the related interest expense for each issuance is
included in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
Note 12: Income Taxes
Income tax expense for years ending December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:
Current federal
Current state
Deferred federal
Deferred state
Change in valuation allowance
Total income tax expenses
2016
2015
399
-
6,824
1,597
-
8,820
$
$
220 $
-
7,023
1,733
-
8,976 $
2014
122
6
3,120
4,876
(2,363)
5,761
$
$
The following were the components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015:
Allowance for loan losses
Deferred compensation
Amortization of core deposit intangible
Goodwill amortization/impairment
Stock based compensation
OREO write-downs
Federal net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforward
State net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforward
Deferred tax credit
Other assets
Total deferred tax assets
Accumulated depreciation on premises and equipment
Mortgage servicing rights
State tax benefits
Other liabilities
Total deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax asset before adjustments related to other comprehensive loss
Tax effect of adjustments related to other comprehensive loss
Net deferred tax asset
2016
2015
7,057
735
1,401
10,127
946
5,110
19,362
7,735
2,058
1,199
55,730
(681)
(2,760)
(4,127)
(526)
(8,094)
47,636
5,828
53,464
$
$
7,099
690
1,629
11,623
814
6,917
24,105
8,746
1,749
792
64,164
(601)
(2,484)
(4,686)
(336)
(8,107)
56,057
8,495
64,552
$
$
At December 31, 2016, the Company had a $55.3 million federal net operating loss carryforward of which, $31.4 million expires in
2031, $8.6 million expires in 2032, and $15.3 million expires in 2033. The Company had a $99.9 million state net operating loss
carryforward of which, $2.8 million expires in 2021, $15,000 expires in 2024, $96.5 million expires in 2025, $317,000 expires in 2026,
$52.000 expires in 2027 and $177,000 expires in 2028. In addition, the Company had a $2.1 million alternative minimum tax credit
subject to indefinite carryforward. Included in the tax effect of adjustments related to other comprehensive loss above are net
unrealized losses on held-to-maturity securities that were transferred from available-for-sale securities of $2.4 million as of
December 31, 2015.
71
The components of the provision for deferred income tax expense for the years ending December 31 were as follows:
Provision for loan losses
Deferred Compensation
Amortization of core deposit intangible
Stock based compensation
OREO write-downs
Federal net operating loss carryforward
State net operating loss carryforward
Deferred tax credit
Depreciation
Net premiums and discounts on securities
Mortgage servicing rights
Goodwill amortization/impairment
State tax benefits
Change in valuation allowance
Other, net
Total deferred tax expense
2016
2015
2014
42 $
(45)
228
(132)
1,807
4,743
1,011
(309)
80
-
276
1,496
(559)
-
(217)
8,421 $
2,480 $
97
230
(151)
1,722
2,896
659
(198)
(201)
-
164
1,506
(604)
-
156
8,756 $
3,146
1
(203)
(80)
1,402
1,022
2,442
(107)
(233)
(8)
(251)
2,123
(1,704)
(2,363)
446
5,633
$
$
Effective tax rates differ from federal statutory rates applied to financial statement income for the years ended December 31 due to the
following:
Tax at statutory federal income tax rate
Nontaxable interest income, net of disallowed interest deduction
BOLI income
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
Change in valuation allowance
Impact of Illinois tax rate change
Other, net
Total tax at effective tax rate
2016
2015
8,577
(347)
(449)
1,148
-
-
(109)
8,820
$
$
8,526
(253)
(487)
1,126
-
-
64
8,976
$
$
2014
5,564
(233)
(508)
872
(2,363)
2,363
66
5,761
$
$
The Company evaluated positive and negative evidence in order to determine if it was more likely than not that the deferred tax asset
would be recovered through future income. Significant positive evidence evaluated included recent and projected earnings,
significantly improved asset quality and an improved capital position. No negative evidence was noted.
Note 13: Equity Compensation Plans
The Company’s Long-term Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) was in effect for years prior to 2014, and authorized the issuance of up
to 1,908,332 shares of the Company’s common stock, which included share grants in the form of qualified stock options, non-qualified
stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock appreciation rights. Stock based awards were eligible to be granted to
selected directors, officers or employees at the discretion of the Board of Directors. All stock options granted in 2006 and prior were
previously vested, and the term periods have expired as of December 31, 2016. As of December 31, 2016, two stock option grant
awards were outstanding; 85,500 shares are outstanding of the total 93,000 shares originally issued for 2007 awards. The 2009 award
originally issued 16,500 shares, 9,000 of which are outstanding as of December 31, 2016. Both stock option awards had a vesting
period of three years, and a term of ten years. No other stock options were granted in 2008 through 2016 period. There were 1,500
stock option shares exercised during the year ending December 31, 2016, from the 2009 award, and there were no stock options
exercised during years ending 2015 and 2014. There is no unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options as all
stock options of the Company’s common stock have fully vested.
72
A summary of stock option activity in the Plans for the year ending December 31, 2016, is as follows:
Beginning outstanding
Canceled
Expired
Exercised
Ending outstanding
Exercisable at end of period
Weighted-
Weighted Average
Average
Exercise Contractual Aggregate
Remaining
Shares Price
Term (years) Intrinsic Value
162,500 $
(36,500)
(30,000)
(1,500)
94,500 $
27.03
29.20
29.20
7.49
25.82
94,500 $
25.82
$
2,790
1.1
1.1
The intrinsic value of the 94,500 shares related to stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2016 is $32,040.
A summary of stock option activity as of each year is as follows (in dollars):
Intrinsic value of options exercised
Cash received from option exercises
Tax benefit realized from option exercises
Weighted average fair value of options granted
2016
2015
2014
$
2,790 $
11,235
91
-
- $
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
There are stock-based awards outstanding under the Company’s 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2008 Plan”) and the Company’s 2014
Equity Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan,” and together with the 2008 Plan, the “Plans”). The 2014 Plan was approved at the 2014 annual
meeting of stockholders; a maximum of 375,000 shares were authorized to be issued under this plan. Following approval of the 2014
Plan, no further awards will be granted under the 2008 Plan or any other Company equity compensation plan. At the May 2016 annual
stockholders meeting, an amendment to the 2014 Plan authorized an additional 600,000 shares to be issued, which resulted in a total of
975,000 shares authorized for issuance under this plan. The Plan authorizes the granting of qualified stock options, non-qualified stock
options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, and stock appreciation rights. Awards may be granted to selected directors and officers
or employees under the 2014 Plan at the discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors. As of
December 31, 2016, 558,007 shares remained available for issuance under the 2014 Plan.
Total compensation cost that has been charged for the Plans was $657,000, $613,000 and $295,000 for the years ending
December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
Awards under the 2008 Plan will become fully vested upon a merger or change in control of the Company. Under the 2014 Plan, upon
a change in control of the Company, if (i) the 2014 Plan is not an obligation of the successor entity following the change in control, or
(ii) the 2014 Plan is an obligation of the successor entity following the change in control and the participant incurs an involuntary
termination, then the stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock awards and cash incentive awards under the 2014 Plan will become
fully exercisable and vested. Performance-based awards generally will vest based upon the level of achievement of the applicable
performance measures through the change in control.
The Company granted restricted stock under its equity compensation plans beginning in 2005 and it began granting restricted stock
units in February 2009. Restricted stock awards under the Plans generally entitle holders to voting and dividend rights upon grant and
are subject to forfeiture until certain restrictions have lapsed including employment for a specific period. Restricted stock units under
the Plans are also subject to forfeiture until certain restrictions have lapsed including employment for a specific period but do not entitle
holders to voting rights until the restricted period ends and shares are transferred in connection with the units.
There were 170,000 restricted awards issued during the year ending December 31, 2016. There were 101,500 restricted awards issued
for the year ending December 31, 2015. Compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period of the restricted award based on
the market value of the award on the issue date.
73
A summary of changes in the Company’s unvested restricted awards for the year ending December 31, 2016, is as follows:
December 31, 2016
Nonvested at January 1
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Nonvested at December 31
Weighted
Average
Restricted
Stock Shares Grant Date
Fair Value
and Units
4.50
7.14
3.28
6.81
5.89
348,000
170,000
(105,500)
(3,500)
409,000
$
$
Total unrecognized compensation cost of restricted awards was $1.2 million as of December 31, 2016, which is expected to be
recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.22 years.
Note 14: Earnings Per Share
The earnings per share – both basic and diluted – are included below as of December 31 (in thousands except for share data):
2016
2015
2014
Basic earnings per share:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding
Weighted-average common shares less stock based awards
Weighted-average common shares stock based awards
Net income
Gain on preferred stock redemption
Preferred stock dividends and accretion
Net earnings available to common stockholders
Basic earnings per share common undistributed earnings
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding
Dilutive effect of nonvested restricted awards1
Dilutive effect of stock options
Diluted average common shares outstanding
Net earnings available to common stockholders
Diluted earnings per share
29,532,510
29,532,510
-
15,684 $
-
-
15,684 $
N/A
0.53 $
29,476,821 25,300,909
29,476,821 25,298,813
-
201,558
15,385 $
10,136
-
(1,348)
1,873
(371)
13,512 $
11,855
N/A
0.46
0.46 $
0.46
$
$
$
29,532,510
305,678
743
29,838,931
$
$
15,684 $
0.53 $
29,476,821 25,300,909
253,253
248,284
-
-
29,730,074 25,549,193
11,855
0.46
13,512 $
0.46 $
Number of antidilutive options and warrants excluded from the diluted earnings per
share calculation
900,839
977,839
1,044,339
1 Includes the common stock equivalents for restricted share rights that are dilutive.
The above earnings per share calculation did not include a warrant for 815,339 shares of common stock that was outstanding as of
December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, because the warrant was anti-dilutive at an exercise price of $13.43. Of note, the warrant was sold
at auction by the Treasury in June 2013 to a third party investor.
Note 15: Commitments
In the normal course of business, there are outstanding commitments that are not reflected in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Commitments include financial instruments that involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit, interest rate, and liquidity risk. In
management’s opinion, these do not represent unusual risks and management does not anticipate significant losses as a result of these
transactions. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations for borrowers as it does
for on-balance sheet instruments.
The following table is a summary of financial instrument commitments (in thousands):
74
Letters of credit:
Borrower:
Financial standby
Commercial standby
Performance standby
Non-borrower:
Performance standby
Total letters of credit
December 31, 2016
Fixed
Variable Total
Fixed
December 31, 2015
Variable Total
$
$
137
-
83
220
95
95
315
$
4,047
126
8,499
12,672
$
4,184
126
8,582
12,892
$
524
524
13,196
619
619
13,511
$
$
$
60
-
66
126
-
-
126
$
3,572
47
7,350
10,969
$
3,632
47
7,416
11,095
575
575
11,544
$
575
575
11,670
$
Unused loan commitments:
$
68,996
$ 270,989
$ 339,985
$ 71,016
$ 197,909
$ 268,925
The Bank occupies facilities under long-term operating leases, some of which include provisions for future rent increases. In addition,
the Company leases space at sites that house automatic teller machines (ATMs). As of December 31, 2016, the estimated aggregate
minimum annual rental commitments under these leases totaled $349,000 in 2017, $328,000 in 2018, $10,000 in 2019, and $5,000
thereafter. The Company also receives rental income on certain leased properties. As of December 31, 2016, aggregate future
minimum rental income to be received under noncancelable leases totaled $210,000. Total facility net operating lease expense or
revenue recorded under all operating leases was a net revenue of $25,000 in 2016, net expense of $11,000 in 2015 and net revenue of
$67,000 in 2014. Total ATM lease expense, including the costs related to servicing those ATM’s, was $685,000, $826,000 and
$829,000 in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
Legal proceedings
The Company and its subsidiaries, from time to time, pursue collection suits and other actions that arise in the ordinary course of
business against their borrowers and are defendants in legal actions arising from normal business activities. Management, after
consultation with legal counsel, believes that the ultimate liabilities, if any, resulting from these actions will not have a material adverse
effect on the financial position of the Bank or on the consolidated financial position of the Company based on all known information at
this time.
Note 16: Regulatory & Capital Matters
The Bank is subject to the risk-based capital regulatory guidelines, which include the methodology for calculating the risk-weighted
Bank assets, developed by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) and the other bank regulatory agencies. In
connection with the current economic environment, the Bank’s current level of nonperforming assets and the risk-based capital
guidelines, the Bank’s board of directors has determined that the Bank should maintain a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio at or above eight
percent (8%) and a total risk-based capital ratio at or above twelve percent (12%). The Bank currently exceeds those thresholds.
Bank holding companies are required to maintain minimum levels of capital in accordance with capital guidelines implemented by the
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. The general bank and holding company capital adequacy guidelines in force as of
the periods reported are shown in the accompanying table, as are the capital ratios of the Company and the Bank, as of
December 31, 2016, and December 31, 2015.
In July 2013, the U.S. federal banking authorities issued final rules (the “Basel III Rules”) establishing more stringent regulatory capital
requirements for U.S. banking institutions, which went into effect on January 1, 2015. A detailed discussion of the Basel III Rules is
included in Part I, Item 1 of the under the heading “Supervision and Regulation.”
At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company, on a consolidated basis, exceeded the minimum thresholds to be considered “well
capitalized” under current regulatory defined capital ratios.
The Company and the Bank are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. The capital ratios
below are calculated pursuant to the capital requirements in effect for the periods reported below.
75
Capital levels and industry defined regulatory minimum required levels:
2016
Common equity tier 1 capital to risk
weighted assets
Consolidated
Old Second Bank
Total capital to risk weighted assets
Consolidated
Old Second Bank
Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets
Consolidated
Old Second Bank
Tier 1 capital to average assets
Consolidated
Old Second Bank
2015
Common equity tier 1 capital to risk
weighted assets
Consolidated
Old Second Bank
Total capital to risk weighted assets
Consolidated
Old Second Bank
Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets
Consolidated
Old Second Bank
Tier 1 capital to average assets
Consolidated
Old Second Bank
Minimum Capital
Adequacy with Capital
Conservation Buffer if applicable1
To Be Well Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions2
Actual
Amount Ratio Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
$ 154,537
221,153
8.76 % $
12.53
90,411
90,456
5.125 %
5.125
$
N/A
114,724
N/A
6.50 %
216,769
237,306
12.29
13.45
152,126
152,176
8.625
8.625
N/A
176,436
N/A
10.00
191,988
221,153
10.88
12.53
116,904
116,930
6.625
6.625
191,988
221,153
8.90
10.24
86,287
86,388
4.00
4.00
N/A
141,199
N/A
107,985
N/A
8.00
N/A
5.00
$ 151,410
202,158
10.55 % $
14.10
64,582
64,519
4.50 %
4.50
$
N/A
93,193
N/A
6.50 %
223,311
218,375
15.56
15.23
114,813
114,708
176,625
202,158
12.30
14.10
176,625
202,158
8.69
9.94
86,159
86,025
81,300
81,351
8.00
8.00
6.00
6.00
4.00
4.00
N/A
143,385
N/A
10.00
N/A
114,700
N/A
101,689
N/A
8.00
N/A
5.00
1 As of December 31, 2016, amounts shown are inclusive of a capital conservation buffer of 0.625%.
2 The Bank exceeded the general minimum regulatory requirements to be considered “well capitalized”.
Dividend Restrictions and Deferrals
In addition to the above requirements, banking regulations and capital guidelines generally limit the amount of dividends that may be
paid by a Bank without prior regulatory approval. Under these regulations, the amount of dividends that may be paid in any calendar
year is limited to the current year’s profits, combined with the retained profit of the previous two years, subject to the capital
requirements described above. Pursuant to the Basel III rules that came into effect January 1, 2015, the Bank must keep a buffer of
0.625% in 2016, 1.25% in 2017, 1.875% in 2018, and 2.5% in 2019 and thereafter of minimum capital requirements in order to avoid
additional limitations on capital distributions.
76
Note 17: Mortgage Banking Derivatives
Commitments to fund certain mortgage loans (interest rate locks) to be sold into the secondary market and forward commitments for
the future delivery of mortgage loans to third party investors are considered derivatives. It is the Company’s practice to sell mortgage-
backed securities (“MBS”) contracts for the future delivery to economically hedge the effect of changes in interest rates resulting from
its commitments to fund the loans. These contracts are also derivatives and collectively with the forward commitments for the future
delivery of mortgage loans are considered forward contracts. These mortgage banking derivatives are not designated in hedge
relationships using the accepted accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities at December 31 (dollars in thousands):
Forward contracts:
Notional amount
Fair value
Change in fair value
Rate lock commitments:
Notional amount
Fair value
Change in fair value
$
$
2016
2015
19,500
176
190
$
15,500
484
20
12,480
478
97
$
10,973
502
167
Fair values were estimated based on changes in mortgage interest rates from the date of the commitments. Changes in the fair values of
these mortgage banking derivatives are included in net gains on sales of loans. The Company sold $191.4 million in loans to investors
receiving proceeds of $197.7 million and resulting in a gain on sale of $6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Sales to
investors included $138.3 million or 72.4% to FNMA and $19.0 million, or 10.0% to FHLMC for the year ended December 31, 2016.
No other individual investor was sold more than 10% of the total loans sold.
Periodic changes in value of both forward MBS contracts and rate lock commitments are reported in current period earnings as net gain
on sale of mortgage loans. Net gain recognized in earnings for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were $287,000,
$188,000 and $143,000, respectively.
Note 18: Fair Value Measurements
Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the
principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the
measurement date. The fair value hierarchy established by the Company also requires an entity to maximize the use of observable
inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair
value are:
Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the Company has the ability to
access as of the measurement date.
Level 2: Significant observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted
prices in markets that are not active, and other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a company’s own view about the assumptions that market participants
would use in pricing an asset or liability.
Transfers between levels are deemed to have occurred at the end of the reporting period. At year end December 31, 2016, the
Company transferred securities in two catagories from Level 2 to Level 3. The transfer of states and political subdivision securities,
including other comprehensive income, totaled $7.9 million and collateralized mortgage obligations, including other comprehensive
income, was $3.1 million. The Company purchased securities of $14.3 million in 2016, which were deemed as Level 3 at the end of
the reporting period. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company transferred auction rate asset-backed securities from Level
3 to Level 2.
77
The majority of securities (available-for-sale and held-to-maturity) are valued by external pricing services or dealer market participants
and are classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Both market and income valuation approaches are utilized. Quarterly, the
Company evaluates the methodologies used by the external pricing services or dealer market participants to develop the fair values to
determine whether the results of the valuations are representative of an exit price in the Company’s principal markets and an
appropriate representation of fair value. The Company uses the following methods and significant assumptions to estimate fair value:
(cid:2) Government-sponsored agency debt securities are primarily priced using available market information through processes such
as benchmark spreads, market valuations of like securities, like securities groupings and matrix pricing.
(cid:2) Other government-sponsored agency securities, MBS and some of the actively traded real estate mortgage investment conduits
and collateralized mortgage obligations are priced using available market information including benchmark yields,
prepayment speeds, spreads, volatility of similar securities and trade date.
(cid:2) State and political subdivisions are largely grouped by characteristics (e.g., geographical data and source of revenue in trade
dissemination systems). Because some securities are not traded daily and due to other grouping limitations, active market
quotes are often obtained using benchmarking for like securities.
(cid:2) Beginning March 31, 2015, auction rate asset backed securities are priced using market spreads, cash flows, prepayment
speeds, and loss analytics. This process supports the transfer to Level 2 valuations.
(cid:2) Annually every security holding is priced by a pricing service independent of the regular and recurring pricing services used.
The independent service provides a measurement to indicate if the price assigned by the regular service is within or outside of
a reasonable range. Management reviews this report and applies judgment in adjusting calculations at year end related to
securities pricing.
(cid:2) Residential mortgage loans available for sale in the secondary market are carried at fair market value. The fair value of loans
held-for-sale is determined using quoted secondary market prices.
(cid:2) Lending related commitments to fund certain residential mortgage loans, e.g. residential mortgage loans with locked interest
rates to be sold in the secondary market and forward commitments for the future delivery of mortgage loans to third party
investors as well as forward commitments for future delivery of MBS are considered derivatives. Fair values are estimated
based on observable changes in mortgage interest rates including prices for MBS from the date of the commitment and do not
typically involve significant judgments by management.
(cid:2) The fair value of mortgage servicing rights is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated net
servicing income. The valuation model incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net
servicing income to derive the resultant value. The Company is able to compare the valuation model inputs, such as the
discount rate, prepayment speeds, weighted average delinquency and foreclosure/bankruptcy rates to widely available
published industry data for reasonableness.
Interest rate swap positions, both assets and liabilities, are based on valuation pricing models using an income approach
reflecting readily observable market parameters such as interest rate yield curves.
(cid:2)
(cid:2) The fair value of impaired loans with specific allocations of the allowance for loan losses is essentially based on recent real
estate appraisals or the fair value of the collateralized asset. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a
combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are made in the appraisal
process by the appraisers to reflect differences between the available comparable sales and income data. Such adjustments are
usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value.
(cid:2) Nonrecurring adjustments to certain commercial and residential real estate properties classified as OREO are measured at the
lower of carrying amount or fair value, less costs to sell. Fair values are based on third party appraisals of the property,
resulting in a Level 3 classification. In cases where the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, less costs to sell, an
impairment loss is recognized.
78
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis:
The tables below present the balance of assets and liabilities (dollars in thousands) at December 31, 2016, and December 31, 2015,
respectively, measured by the Company at fair value on a recurring basis:
Level 1
December 31, 2016
Level 3
Level 2
Total
$
$
41,534 $
46,477
10,630
167,808
138,407
101,637
4,918
-
673
287
- $
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- $ 512,371 $
- $
22,226
-
3,119
-
-
-
6,489
-
-
41,534
68,703
10,630
170,927
138,407
101,637
4,918
6,489
673
287
31,834 $ 544,205
$
$
- $
- $
1,667 $
1,667 $
- $
- $
1,667
1,667
Level 1
December 31, 2015
Level 3
Level 2
Total
$
1,509 $
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- $
1,556
1,996
30,415
29,400
66,920
231,908
92,251
2,849
-
114
188
$
1,509 $ 457,597 $
- $
-
-
111
-
-
-
-
-
5,847
-
-
1,509
1,556
1,996
30,526
29,400
66,920
231,908
92,251
2,849
5,847
114
188
5,958 $ 465,064
$
$
- $
- $
745 $
745 $
- $
- $
745
745
Assets:
Securities available-for-sale
U.S. government agencies mortgage-backed
States and political subdivisions
Corporate bonds
Collateralized mortgage obligations
Asset-backed securities
Collateralized loan obligations
Loans held-for-sale
Mortgage servicing rights
Other assets (Interest rate swap agreements)
Other assets (Mortgage banking derivatives)
Total
Liabilities:
Other liabilities (Interest rate swap agreements, including risk participation
agreements)
Total
Assets:
Securities available-for-sale
U.S. Treasury
U.S. government agencies
U.S. government agencies mortgage-backed
States and political subdivisions
Corporate bonds
Collateralized mortgage obligations
Asset-backed securities
Collateralized loan obligations
Loans held-for-sale
Mortgage servicing rights
Other assets (Interest rate swap agreements)
Other assets (Mortgage banking derivatives)
Total
Liabilities:
Other liabilities (Interest rate swap agreements)
Total
79
The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities (dollars in thousands) measured at fair value on a recurring basis are as follows:
Year Ended December 31, 2016
Beginning balance January 1, 2016
Transfers into Level 3
Total gains or losses
Included in earnings (or changes in net assets)
Included in other comprehensive income
Purchases, issuances, sales, and settlements
Purchases
Issuances
Settlements
Ending balance December 31, 2016
$
Securities available-for-sale
States and
Political
Collateralized
Mortgage
Obligation
Subdivisions
Mortgage
Servicing
Rights
$
- $
3,201
111
7,813
$
5,847
-
-
(82)
-
-
-
3,119 $
-
87
14,296
-
(81)
22,226
$
(215)
-
-
1,561
(704)
6,489
Year Ended December 31, 2015
Securities available-for-sale
States and
Political
Asset-
backed
Subdivisions
Rights
Mortgage
Servicing
Beginning balance January 1, 2015
Transfers out of Level 3
Total gains or losses
Included in earnings (or changes in net assets)
Included in other comprehensive income
Purchases, issuances, sales, and settlements
Issuances
Settlements
Sales
Ending balance December 31, 2015
$
52,941
(24,917)
$
118
-
$
5,462
-
(28)
(541)
-
-
(27,455)
-
$
$
-
-
-
(7)
-
111
(466)
-
1,526
(675)
-
5,847
$
The following table and commentary presents quantitative (dollars in thousands) and qualitative information about Level 3 fair value
measurements as of December 31, 2016:
Measured at fair value
on a recurring basis:
Fair Value
Valuation Methodology
Mortgage servicing rights
$
6,489
Discounted Cash Flow
Unobservable
Inputs
Range of Input
Weighted
Average
of Inputs
Discount Rate
Prepayment Speed
10.0-17.0%
6.5-77.8%
10.2 %
9.6 %
The following table and commentary presents quantitative (dollars in thousands) and qualitative information about Level 3 fair value
measurements as of December 31, 2015:
Measured at fair value
on a recurring basis:
Fair Value
Valuation Methodology
Mortgage servicing rights
$
5,847
Discounted Cash Flow
Unobservable
Inputs
Range of Input
Weighted
Average
of Inputs
Discount Rate
Prepayment Speed
10-15.5%
6-35.2%
10.2 %
10.1 %
80
In addition to the above, Level 3 fair value measurement included $22.2 million for state and political subdivisions representing various
local municipality securities and $3.1 million of collateralized mortgage obligations at December 31, 2016. Both of these were
classified as securities available-for-sale, and were valued using a discount based on market spreads of similar assets, but the liquidity
premium was an unobservable input. The $111,000 on the state and political subdivisions line at December 31, 2015, under level 3
represents a security from a small, local municipality. Given the small dollar amount and size of the municipality involved, this is
categorized as Level 3 based on the payment stream received by the Company from the municipality. That payment stream is
otherwise an unobservable input.
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis:
The Company may be required, from time to time, to measure certain other assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance
with GAAP. These assets consist of impaired loans and OREO. For assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at
December 31, 2016, and December 31, 2015, respectively, the following tables provide the level of valuation assumptions used to
determine each valuation and the carrying value of the related assets:
Impaired loans1
Other real estate owned, net2
Total
Level 1
December 31, 2016
Level 3
Level 2
Total
$
$
-
-
-
$
$
-
-
-
$
-
11,916
$ 11,916
$
-
11,916
$ 11,916
1 Represents carrying value and related write-downs of loans for which adjustments are substantially based on the appraised value of
collateral for collateral-dependent loans, had a carrying amount and a valuation allowance of $1.0 million, resulting in an increase
of specific allocations within the allowance for loan losses of $1.0 million for the year ending December 31, 2016.
2 OREO is measured at the lower of carrying or fair value less costs to sell, and had a net carrying amount of $11.9 million, which is
made up of the outstanding balance of $23.5 million, net of a valuation allowance of $10.0 million and participations of $1.6 million,
at December 31, 2016.
December 31, 2015
Impaired loans1
Other real estate owned, net2
Total
$
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
-
-
-
81
19,141
$ 19,222
81
19,141
$ 19,222
-
-
-
$
$
$
$
$
1 Represents carrying value and related write-downs of loans for which adjustments are substantially based on the appraised value of
collateral for collateral-dependent loans, had a carrying amount of $115,000, with a valuation allowance of $34,000, resulting in a
decrease of specific allocations within the provision for loan losses of $243,000 million for the year ending December 31, 2015.
2 OREO is measured at the lower of carrying or fair value less costs to sell, and had a net carrying amount of $19.1 million, which is
made up of the outstanding balance of $34.9 million, net of a valuation allowance of $14.1 million and participations of $1.7 million,
at December 31, 2015.
The Company also has assets that under certain conditions are subject to measurement at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These
assets include OREO and impaired loans. The Company has estimated the fair values of these assets based primarily on Level 3 inputs.
OREO and impaired loans are generally valued using the fair value of collateral provided by third party appraisals. These valuations
include assumptions related to cash flow projections, discount rates, and recent comparable sales. The numerical range of unobservable
inputs for these valuation assumptions are not meaningful.
81
Note 19: Fair Values of Financial Instruments
The estimated fair values approximate carrying amount for all items except those described in the following table. Investment security
fair values are based upon market prices or dealer quotes, and if no such information is available, on the rate and term of the security.
The carrying value of FHLBC stock approximates fair value as the stock is nonmarketable and can only be sold to the FHLBC or
another member institution at par. During the years ended December 31, 2016, and 2015, the Company participated in redemptions and
purchases with the FHLBC and, using these transactions values as the carrying value, FHLBC stock is carried at a Level 2 fair value.
Fair values of loans were estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics, such as type and fixed or variable
interest rate terms. Cash flows were discounted using current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar
ratings and for similar maturities. The fair value of time deposits is estimated using discounted future cash flows at current rates
offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. The fair values of borrowings were estimated based on interest rates available to
the Company for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities. The fair value of off balance sheet volume is not considered
material. The fair value of mortgage banking derivatives is discussed above in Note 17.
The carrying amount and estimated fair values of financial instruments were as follows:
Carrying
Amount
Fair
Value
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
December 31, 2016
Financial assets:
Cash and due from banks
Interest bearing deposits with financial institutions
Securities available-for-sale
FHLBC and FRBC Stock
Loans held-for-sale
Loans, net
Accrued interest receivable
$
33,805
13,529
531,838
7,918
4,918
1,462,651
5,928
$
33,805
13,529
531,838
7,918
4,918
1,453,429
5,928
Financial liabilities:
Noninterest bearing deposits
Interest bearing deposits
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
Other short-term borrowings
Junior subordinated debentures
Senior notes
Interest rate swap agreements
Borrowing interest payable
Deposit interest payable
$
513,688
1,353,097
25,715
70,000
57,591
43,998
994
202
599
$
513,688
1,351,000
25,715
70,000
55,163
43,998
994
202
599
$
$
$
$
33,805
13,529
-
-
-
-
-
513,688
-
-
-
32,404
-
-
-
-
-
-
506,493
7,918
4,918
-
5,928
$
-
-
25,345
-
-
1,453,429
-
$
-
1,351,000
25,715
70,000
22,759
43,998
994
202
599
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
82
Carrying
Amount
Fair
Value
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
December 31, 2015
Financial assets:
$
Cash and due from banks
Interest bearing deposits with financial institutions
Securities available-for-sale
Securities held-to-maturity
FHLBC and FRBC Stock
Loans held-for-sale
Loans, net
Accrued interest receivable
26,975
13,363
456,066
247,746
8,518
2,849
1,117,492
4,464
$
26,975
13,363
456,066
251,675
8,518
2,849
1,126,959
4,464
Financial liabilities:
Noninterest bearing deposits
Interest bearing deposits
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
Other short-term borrowings
Junior subordinated debentures
Subordinated debenture
Note payable and other borrowings
Interest rate swap agreements
Borrowing interest payable
Deposit interest payable
$
442,639
1,316,447
34,070
15,000
57,543
45,000
500
631
75
445
$
442,639
1,316,550
34,070
15,000
53,851
41,101
445
631
75
445
$
$
$
$
26,975
13,363
1,509
-
-
-
-
-
442,639
-
-
-
31,606
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
454,446
251,675
8,518
2,849
-
4,464
$
-
-
111
-
-
-
1,126,959
-
$
-
1,316,550
34,070
15,000
22,245
41,101
445
631
75
445
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Note 20: Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk and Derivative Transactions
To meet the financing needs of its customers, the Bank, as a subsidiary of the Company, is a party to various financial instruments with
off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business. These off-balance-sheet financial instruments include commitments to
originate and sell loans as well as financial standby, performance standby and commercial letters of credit. The instruments involve, to
varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheet. The
Bank’s exposure to credit loss for loan commitments and letters of credit is represented by the dollar amount of those instruments.
Management generally uses the same credit policies and collateral requirements in making commitments and conditional obligations as
it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.
Interest Rate Swap Designated as a Cash Flow Hedge
The Company entered into a forward starting interest rate swap on August 18, 2015, with an effective date of June 15, 2017. This
transaction had a notional amount totaling $25.8 million as of December 31, 2016, was designated as a cash flow hedge of certain
junior subordinated debentures and was determined to be fully effective during the period presented. As such, no amount of
ineffectiveness has been included in net income. Therefore, the aggregate fair value of the swap is recorded in other liabilities with
changes in fair value recorded in other comprehensive income, net of tax. The amount included in other comprehensive income would
be reclassified to current earnings should all or a portion of the hedge no longer be considered effective. The Company expects the
hedge to remain fully effective during the remaining term of the swap. The Bank will pay the counterparty a fixed rate and receive a
floating rate based on three month LIBOR. Management concluded that it would be advantageous to enter into this transaction given
that the Company has trust preferred securities that will change from fixed rate to floating rate on June 15, 2017. The cash flow hedge
has a maturity date of June 15, 2037.
Summary information about the interest rate swap designated as a cash flow hedge is as follows:
Notional amount
Unrealized loss
Interest Rate Swaps
As of
December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
$
25,774
(994)
$
25,774
(631)
The Bank also has interest rate derivative positions to assist with risk management that are not designated as hedging instruments.
These derivative positions relate to transactions in which the Bank enters an interest rate swap with a client while at the same time
entering into an offsetting interest rate swap with another financial institution. Due to financial covenant violations relating to
nonperforming loans, the Bank had $6.2 million in investment securities pledged to support interest rate swap activity with two
83
correspondent financial institutions at December 31, 2016. The Bank had $2.4 million in investment securities pledged to support
interest rate swap activity with three correspondent financial institutions at December 31, 2015.
In connection with each transaction, the Bank agreed to pay interest to the client on a notional amount at a variable interest rate and
receive interest from the client on the same notional amount at a fixed interest rate. At the same time, the Bank agreed to pay another
financial institution the same fixed interest rate on the same notional amount and receive the same variable interest rate on the same
notional amount. The transaction allows the client to convert a variable rate loan to a fixed rate loan and is part of the Company’s
interest rate risk management strategy. Because the Bank acts as an intermediary for the client, changes in the fair value of the
underlying derivative contracts offset each other and do not generally affect the results of operations. At December 31, 2016, the
notional amount of non-hedging interest rate swaps was $85.8 million with a weighted average maturity of 7.3 years. At
December 31, 2015, the notional amount of non-hedging interest rate swaps was $20.7 million with a weighted average maturity of
5.1 years. The Bank offsets derivative assets and liabilities that are subject to a master netting arrangement.
The Bank also grants mortgage loan interest rate lock commitments to borrowers, subject to normal loan underwriting standards. The
interest rate risk associated with these loan interest rate lock commitments is managed with contracts for future deliveries of loans as
well as selling forward mortgage-backed securities contracts. Loan interest rate lock commitments generally have fixed expiration
dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since a portion of the commitments are expected to expire
without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Commitments to
originate residential mortgage loans held-for-sale and forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans or forward MBS
contracts are considered derivative instruments and changes in the fair value are recorded to mortgage banking revenue. Fair values are
estimated based on observable changes in mortgage interest rates including mortgage-backed securities prices from the date of the
commitment.
The following table presents derivatives not designated as hedging instruments as of December 31, 2016, and periodic changes in the
values of the interest rate swaps are reported in other noninterest income. Periodic changes in the value of the forward contracts related
to mortgage loan origination are reported in the net gain on sales of mortgage loans.
Asset Derivatives
Liability Derivatives
Interest rate swap contracts
Interest rate lock commitments and forward contracts
Total
Notional or
Contractual Balance Sheet
Amount
$
Location
85,807 Other Assets
31,980 Other Assets
Balance Sheet
Location
Fair Value
$
673 Other Liabilities $
287 N/A
960
Fair Value
673
-
673
$
$
The following table presents derivatives not designated as hedging instruments as of December 31, 2015.
Asset Derivatives
Liability Derivatives
Interest rate swap contracts net of credit valuation
Interest rate lock commitments and forward contracts
Total
Notional or
Contractual Balance Sheet
Amount
$
Location
20,708 Other Assets
26,473 Other Assets
Balance Sheet
Location
Fair Value
$
114 Other Liabilities $
188 N/A
302
$
Fair Value
114
-
114
$
Note 21: Preferred Stock
The Series B Stock was issued as part of the Treasury’s Troubled Asset Relief Program and Capital Purchase Program ( the “CPP”).
The Series B Stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital and pays cumulative dividends on the liquidation preference amount on a quarterly basis
at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years, and 9% per annum thereafter effective in February 2014. Concurrent with issuing the
Series B Stock, the Company issued to the Treasury a ten year warrant to purchase 815,339 shares of the Company’s common stock at
an exercise price of $13.43 per share.
Subsequent to the Company’s receipt of the $73.0 million in proceeds from the Treasury in the first quarter of 2009, the Company
allocated the proceeds between the Series B Stock and the warrant that was issued. The Company recorded the warrant as equity, and
the allocation was based on their relative fair values in accordance with accounting guidance. The fair value was determined for both
the Series B Stock and the warrant as part of the allocation process in the amounts of $68.2 million and $4.8 million, respectively.
In the second quarter of 2014, the Company completed redemption of 25,669 shares of its Series B Stock at a price equal to 94.75% of
liquidation value or $24.3 million (including $1.4 million to Company Directors) provided that the holders of shares entered into
agreements to forebear payment of dividends due and to waive any rights to such dividends upon redemption. The Company redeemed
84
15,778 shares of its Series B Stock in the first quarter of 2015 and the remaining 31,553 shares of its Series B Stock in the third quarter
of 2015. During the year ending December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company paid $2.4 million and $12.4 million in dividends on the
Series B Stock, respectively. At December 31, 2015, the Company has fully redeemed the Series B Stock. At December 31, 2014, the
Company carried $47.3 million of Series B Stock in total stockholders’ equity.
Note 22: Parent Company Condensed Financial Information
Condensed Balance Sheets as of December 31 were as follows:
Assets
Noninterest bearing deposit with bank subsidiary
Investment in subsidiaries
Other assets
Total assets
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Junior subordinated debentures
Senior notes
Subordinated debt
Other liabilities
Stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
Condensed Statements of Income for the years ended December 31 were as follows:
Operating Income
Cash dividends received from subsidiaries
Other income
Total operating income
Operating Expenses
Junior subordinated debentures
Senior notes
Subordinated debt
Other interest expense
Other expenses
Total operating expense
Loss before income taxes and equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries
Income tax benefit
(Loss) income before equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries
Equity in undistributed (over distributed) net income of subsidiaries
Net income
Preferred stock dividends and accretion of discount
Dividends waived upon preferred stock redemption
Gain on redemption of preferred stock
Net income available to common stockholders
2016
2015
26,925 $
228,646
23,304
278,875 $
33,500
204,509
22,116
260,125
57,591 $
43,998
-
2,076
175,210
278,875 $
57,543
-
45,000
1,653
155,929
260,125
$
$
$
$
2016
2015
2014
$
- $
130
130
82,777 $
131
82,908
-
231
231
4,334
112
949
8
1,975
7,378
(7,248)
(2,909)
(4,339)
20,023
15,684
-
-
-
15,684 $
4,287
-
814
7
1,978
7,086
75,822
(2,771)
78,593
(63,208)
15,385
1,873
-
-
13,512 $
4,919
-
792
16
1,045
6,772
(6,541)
(2,305)
(4,236)
14,372
10,136
5,062
(5,433)
(1,348)
11,855
$
85
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31 were as follows:
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
Net Income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:
Equity in (undistributed) over distributed net income of subsidiaries
Deferred income taxes
Change in taxes payable
Change in other assets
Stock-based compensation
Other, net
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
Net cash provided by investing activities
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
Dividend paid on preferred stock
Dividend paid on common stock
Purchases of treasury stock
Proceeds from the issuance of common stock
Proceeds from the issuance of senior notes
Repayment of subordinated debt
Repayment of note payable
Proceeds from exercise of stock option
Redemption of preferred stock
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
Note 23: Employee Benefit Plans
2016
2015
2014
$
15,684
$
15,385
$
10,136
(20,023)
(1,039)
330
171
657
282
(3,938)
63,208
(2,806)
(199)
36
613
69
76,306
(14,372)
(2,256)
22
692
295
(17,103)
(22,586)
-
-
-
-
(888)
(254)
-
43,994
(45,000)
(500)
11
-
(2,637)
(6,575)
33,500
26,925
$
(2,417)
-
(117)
-
-
-
-
-
(47,331)
(49,865)
26,441
7,059
33,500
(12,390)
-
(46)
64,331
-
-
-
-
(24,321)
27,574
4,988
2,071
7,059
$
$
Old Second Bancorp, Inc. Employees 401(k) Savings Plan and Trust
The Company sponsors a qualified, tax-exempt defined contribution plan (the “Plan”) qualifying under section 401(k) of the Internal
Revenue Code. Virtually all employees are eligible to participate after meeting certain age and service requirements. Eligible
employees are permitted to contribute up to a dollar limit set by law of their compensation to the Plan. For the years ended
December 31, 2016, and 2015, a discretionary match equal to 100% of the first 3% of the participant’s compensation was contributed to
participants of the Plan. For the year ended December 31, 2014, a discretionary match equal to 100% of the first 2% of the
participant’s compensation was contributed to participants of the Plan. Participants are 100% vested in the discretionary matching
contributions. Participants can choose between several different investment options under the Plan, including shares of the Company’s
common stock. An additional component of the Plan arrangement allows for the Company to make annual discretionary contributions
under a profit sharing portion based on the Company’s profitability in a given year, and on each participant’s annual compensation.
The Company elected not to make a discretionary proft sharing contribution for the years end December 31, 2016 and 2015.
The total expense relating to the Plan was approximately $698,000, $464,000 and $477,000 in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
Old Second Bancorp, Inc. Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives
The Company sponsors an executive deferred compensation plan, which is a means by which certain executives may voluntarily defer a
portion of their salary or bonus. This plan is an unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation arrangement. Company obligations
under this arrangement as of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were $1.7 million, $1.6 million and $1.9 million, respectively, and are
included in other liabilities.
86
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of
December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016. The Company’s management is responsible for these
consolidated financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. Our audit included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and
evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Old
Second Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established
in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(COSO), and our report dated March 10, 2017, expressed an unqualified opinion.
/s/ Plante & Moran, PLLC
Chicago, Illinois
March 10, 2017
87
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s
disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, as of December 31, 2016. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that
as of December 31, 2016, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be
disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed,
summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and such information is accumulated and
communicated to the issuer’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers as appropriate to allow
timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2016, that
have materially affected or are reasonably likely to affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as
defined in Rule 13a–15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed under the supervision of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external
reporting purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
As of December 31, 2016, management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on
the framework established in the “Internal Control - Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of
the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this evaluation, management has determined that the Company’s internal control over
financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2016, based on the criteria specified.
Plante & Moran PLLC, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements of the
Company incorporated by reference to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report, included herein, on the
Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016.
88
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We have audited Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based
on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (referred to as “COSO”). Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries’ management is responsible for
maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over
financial reporting included in the accompanying “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.” Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting based on
our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over
financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over
financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of
internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We
believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process, designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect
on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by COSO.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
consolidated balance sheet of Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016, and the related consolidated
statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year then ended, and our report
dated March 10, 2017, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
Chicago, Illinois
March 10, 2017
/s/ Plante & Moran, PLLC
89
Item 9B. Other Information
None.
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
PART III
The Company incorporates by reference the information required by Item 10 that is contained in the Proxy Statement for the 2017
Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after December 31, 2016, on form DEF 14A (the “Proxy
Statement”), under the caption “Director Qualifications.”
Other information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the information contained under the headings “Section 16(a)
Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.,” “Director Nominations and Qualifications,” “Audit Committee,” and “Corporate
Governance and the Board of Directors-General” in the Proxy Statement.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
The Company incorporates by reference the information required by Item 11 that is contained in the Proxy Statement under the
captions “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Board’s Role in Risk Oversight,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and
Insider Participation,” and “Director Compensation.”
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The table sets forth information for (i) all equity compensation plans previously approved by the Company’s stockholders and (ii) all
equity compensation plans not previously approved by the Company’s stockholders. Equity compensation includes options, warrants,
rights and restricted stock units which may be granted from time to time. As of December 31, 2016, the below equity awards were
outstanding:
Equity Compenstation Plan Information
Number of securities Weighted-average
to be issued upon the
exercise price of
Number of
Plan category
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders1
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
Total
exercise of outstanding outstanding options securities remaining
available for future
options and restricted
issuance
stock units
and restricted
stock units
503,500
-
503,500
$
$
9.63
-
9.63
558,007
-
558,007
The Company incorporates by reference the other information that is required by this Item 12 that is contained in the Proxy Statement
under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.”
1 Reflects outstanding awards under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan and our 2002 Long Term
Incentive Plan, and the remaining share reserve under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The Company incorporates by reference the information that is required by this Item 13 that is contained in the Proxy Statement under
the captions “Corporate Governance and the Board of Directors” and “Transactions with Management.”
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
The Company incorporates by reference the information required by this Item 14 that is contained in the Proxy Statement under the
caption “Accountant Fees.”
90
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(1) Index to Financial Statements: See Part II--Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
(2) Financial Statement Schedules
All financial statement schedules as required by Item 8 of Form 10-K have been omitted because the information requested is either not
applicable or has been included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
(3) Exhibits: See Exhibit Index.
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary
Not Applicable.
91
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
SIGNATURES
OLD SECOND BANCORP, INC.
BY:
/s/ James L. Eccher
James L. Eccher
President and Chief Executive Officer
DATE: March 13, 2017
92
SIGNATURES (Continued)
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on
behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
Title
Date
/s/ William B. Skoglund
William B. Skoglund
/s/ James L. Eccher
James L. Eccher
/s/ J. Douglas Cheatham
J. Douglas Cheatham
/s/ Gary Collins
Gary Collins
/s/ Edward Bonifas
Edward Bonifas
/s/ Barry Finn
Barry Finn
/s/ William Kane
William Kane
/s/ John Ladowicz
John Ladowicz
/s/ Duane Suits
Duane Suits
/s/ James F. Tapscott
James F. Tapscott
/s/ Patti Temple Rocks
Patti Temple Rocks
Chairman of the Board, Director
March 13, 2017
President and Chief Executive Officer,
Director Old Second Bancorp and
Old Second National Bank (principal executive
officer)
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer, Director
(principal financial and accounting officer)
March 13, 2017
March 13, 2017
Executive Vice President and Vice Chairman
of the Board, Director
March 13, 2017
March 13, 2017
March 13, 2017
March 13, 2017
March 13, 2017
March 13, 2017
March 13, 2017
March 13, 2017
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
93
Exhibits:
EXHIBIT
NO.
EXHIBIT INDEX
Description of Exhibits
3.1
3.2
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Old Second Bancorp, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s
Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 11, 2016).
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Old Second Bancorp, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Company’s Annual
Report on Form 10-K filed on March 11, 2016).
Amended and Restated Rights Agreement and Tax Benefits Preservation Plan, dated September 12, 2012 (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 99.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 13, 2012).
First Amendment to Amended and Restated Rights Agreement and Tax Benefits Preservation Plan, dated April 3, 2014
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 13, 2014).
Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Rights Agreement and Tax Benefits Preservation Plan, dated as of September 2,
2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 4, 2015).
Form of Stock Certificate for Series B Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of
the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 16, 2009).
Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock, dated January 16, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Company’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 16, 2009).
Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Old Second Bancorp, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on January 17, 2014).
10.1*
Form of Compensation and Benefits Assurance Agreements for the executive officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of
the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 8, 2006).
10.2
10.3
Form of Indenture relating to trust preferred securities (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration
Statement on Form S-3 filed on May 20, 2003).
Indenture between Old Second Bancorp, Inc. as issuer, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, dated as of
April 30, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99(b)(2) of the Company’s Amendment No. 1 to Schedule TO filed on May 2,
2007).
10. 4*
Old Second Bancorp, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s Proxy Statement
on Form DEF 14A filed on March 17, 2008).
10.5*
Employment Agreement, dated September 16, 2014, by and among Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and James L. Eccher (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 18, 2014).
10.6*
Old Second Bancorp, Inc. Amended and Restated Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives and Directors
(incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2005).
10.7*
Amendment to the Old Second Bancorp, Inc. Supplemental Executive and Retirement Plan (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 24, 2005).
10.8*
2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan Form of Amended Stock Option Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of
the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 21, 2005).
10.9
Letter Agreement, dated January 16, 2009, by and between Old Second Bancorp, Inc., and the United States Department of the
Treasury, which includes the Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Terms with respect to the issuance and sale of the Series B
Stock and the Warrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
January 16, 2009).
94
10.10*
2008 Equity Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 23, 2009).
10.11*
2008 Equity Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 23, 2009).
10.12*
2008 Equity Incentive Plan Incentive Stock Option (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on February 23, 2009).
10.13*
2008 Equity Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on February 23, 2009).
10.14*
Old Second Bancorp, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s Proxy Statement
on Form DEF 14A filed on April 21, 2014).
10.15*
First Amendment to the Old Second Bancorp, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the
Company’s Proxy Statement on Form DEF 14A filed on April 12, 2016).
10.16*
Offer Letter, dated August 1, 2016, between Old Second National Bank and Gary Collins - (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 8, 2016).
10.17*
Compensation and Benefits Assurance Agreement dated as of October 29, 2016, between Old Second National Bank and Gary
Collins (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 8, 2016).
10.18*
2014 Equity Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Company’s
Registraion Statement on Form S-8 filed on June 24, 2014).
10.19*
2014 Equity Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of the Company’s
Registration Statement on Fom S-8 filed on June 24, 2014).
10.20*
Old Second Bancorp, Inc. 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Registration
Statement on Form S-8 filed on September 12, 2006).
12.1
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends.
21.1
A list of all subsidiaries of the Company.
23.1
Consent of Plante & Moran, PLLC.
31.1
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a).
31.2
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a).
32.1
32.2
101
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002.
Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2016, and
December 31, 2015; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income for year ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014; (iii) Consolidated
Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the twelve months ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014; (iv) Consolidated Statements
of Cash Flows for the twelve months ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014; and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements, tagged as blocks of text and in detail.
*Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
95
Old Second Bancorp, Inc. and
Old Second National Bank Directors
William Skoglund
Chairman,
Old Second Bancorp, Inc. &
Old Second National Bank
James Eccher
CEO & President
Old Second Bancorp, Inc. &
Old Second National Bank
Gary Collins
Vice Chairman,
Old Second Bancorp, Inc. &
Old Second National Bank,
Former Vice Chairman and Director of
Talmer Bancorp, Inc.
William Kane
General Partner,
The Label Printers, Inc.
John Ladowicz
Former Chairman & CEO,
HeritageBanc Inc. & Heritage Bank
Duane Suits
Retired Partner, Sikich LLP
James Tapscott
Retired Partner, McGladrey LLP
Patti Temple Rocks
Managing Director, GOLIN
J. Douglas Cheatham
Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer,
Old Second Bancorp, Inc.
Edward Bonifas
Vice President, Alarm Detection Systems, Inc.
Gerald Palmer
Senior Director, Old Second Bancorp, Inc.
Director, Old Second National Bank
Retired, Vice President & General Manager,
Caterpillar, Inc.
Barry Finn
President & CEO, Rush-Copley
Medical Center
Hugh McLean
Director, Old Second National Bank
Partner, Rock Island Capital, LLC
Former Regional President of Talmer Bancorp, Inc.
Member FDIC
96
Genoa
Ge
23
2232
Hampshire
Burlington
72
Pingree
Grove
Sleepy
Hollow
47
20
Elgin
Sycamore
Sy
DeKalb
DeKalb
KANE
Wasco
Maple Park
38
DEKALB
Hinckley
30
23
88
Kaneville
Elburn
Geneva
25
Batavia
31
N. Aurora
Sugar Grove
Big Rock
Aurora
30
Montgomery
59
Hoffman
Estates
90
Arlington
Heights
94
294
Schaumburg
290
COOK
Oak Park
290
Chicago
45
20
294
St. Charles
64
W. Chicago
20
290
Carol
Stream
355
Winfield
DUPAGE
Wheaton
56
Warrenville
Downers
Grove
Oak
Brook
Lisle
34
Naperville
Bolingbrook
55
Plano
34
Yorkville
Oswego
30
59
Sandwich
KENDALL
Plainfield
47
Romeoville
53
Lockport
WILL
Joliet
90
94
94
57
Oak
Lawn
45
Orland
Park
71
LASALLE
23
Ottawa
Morris
80
Shorewood
Minooka
55
30
80
Mokena
New
Lenox
Frankfort
Chicago
Heights
57
71
45
Peotone
GRUNDY
Old Second National Bank
37 S. River St., Aurora
555 Redwood Dr., Aurora
1350 N. Farnswor th Ave., Aurora
1230 N. Orchard Rd., Aurora
4080 Fox Valley Ctr. Dr., Aurora
1991 W. Wilson St., Batavia
194 S. Main St., Burlington
333 West Wacker Dr., Ste. 710, Chicago
195 W. Joe Orr Rd., Chicago Heights
749 N. Main St., Elburn
3290 Rt. 20, Elgin
20201 S. LaGrange Rd., Frankfor t
850 Essington Rd., Joliet
2S101 Har ter Rd., Kaneville
3101 Ogden Ave., Lisle
200 W. John St., Nor th Aurora
1200 Douglas Rd., Oswego
323 E. Norris Dr., Ottawa
7050 Burroughs Ave., Plano
801 S. Kirk Rd., St. Charles
Route 47 @ Cross St., Sugar Grove
1810 DeKalb Ave., Sycamore
40W422 Route 64, Wasco
26 W. Countryside Pkwy., Yorkville
420 S. Bridge St., Yorkville
97
Member FDIC
(This page has been left blank intentionally.)
(This page has been left blank intentionally.)
Old Second Bancorp, Inc.
37 South River Street, Aurora, IL(cid:3)(cid:25)(cid:19)(cid:24)(cid:19)(cid:25)(cid:16)(cid:23)(cid:20)(cid:26)(cid:22)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:527)(cid:98)(cid:3)(cid:90)(cid:90)(cid:90).oldsecond.com • 1-877-866-0202